高中英语语法专题复习教案大全(15个教案)+语法练习全集(含答案讲解)(整理版)
高中英语语法专题复习教案大全(15个教案)
语法复习专题一——名词
一、考点聚焦
1.可数名词单、复数变化形式
(1)规则变化。
?单数名词词尾直接加-s。如:boy — boys, pen — pens。
?以s、x 、ch 、sh结尾的单词一般加-es。如:glass — glasses,box— boxes, watch — watches, brush — brushes。
特例:stomach — stomachs。
?以―辅音字母 + y‖结尾的变―y‖为―i‖再加―-es‖。如:
baby — babies, lady — ladies, fly — flies。
?以―o‖结尾的多数加-es。如:tomato — tomatoes, potato — potatoes, hero — heroes。但以两个元音字母结尾的名词和部分外来词中以o结尾的词只加-s。 如:radio — radios, zoo — zoos, photo — photos, piano — pianos, kilo — kilos, tobacco — tobaccos。
?以―f‖或―fe‖结尾的名词复数形式变―f‖或―fe‖为―v‖，之后再加-es。如:wife — wives, life — lives, knife — knives, wolf— wolves, self — selves, leaf — leaves等。特例:handkerchief— handkerchiefs, roof — roofs, chief — chiefs, gulf — gulfs, belief — beliefs, cliff — cliffs。
?改变元音字母的。如:man — men, mouse — mice, foot — feet,
woman — women, tooth — teeth, goose — geese, ox — oxen。特例:child — children。 ?复合名词的复数形式。(A)在复合词中最后名词尾加-s。如:armchair — armchairs, bookcase — bookcases, bookstore — bookstores。(B)man和woman作定语修饰另一个名词时，前后两个名词都要变成复数。如:man doctor — men doctors, woman driver — women drivers。(C)与介词或副词一起构成的复合名词应在主体名词部分加-s。如:brother-in-law — brothers-in-law, passer-by — passers-by。
?有的名词有两种复数形式。如:zero — zeros 、zeroes, deer —
deers 、deer。penny的两种复数形式含义有所不同。如:pence(便士的钱数)，pennies(便 -
1 -
士的枚数)。
(2)不规则变化。
?单、复数同形。如:means, aircraft, deer, fish, Chinese,
Japanese, sheep, works(工厂),cattle。
?合成名词的复数。如:boy-friend — boy-friends, go-between— go-betweens(中间人)，grown-up — grown-ups。
?有些名词通常只用作复数。如:glasses眼镜，clothes衣服，goods
货物，trousers裤子，belongings所有物,wages工资，riches财富, surroundings环境，ashes灰尘, compasses圆规，cattle家畜，congratulations祝贺，have words
with sb. 同某人吵架，in high spirits以很高热情地，give one’s regards to sb.向某
人问侯，in rags衣衫破烂，It is good manners to do sth.有礼貌做某事。
?集体名词的数。有些集体名词通常只用作复数，如:people,
cattle, police; 有些名词只用作单数，如:machinery, furniture, mankind, jewellery;有些名词既可用作单数又可用作复数，单数看做整体，复数看做集体的各个成员。
如:The crew is large.船员人数很多(指整体);The crew are all tired.船员们都累
坏了(个体)。
2、不可数名词的数
(1)一般说来抽象名词为不可数名词，但当抽象名词表示具体的东西时，可
用作可数名词且词义发生变化，主要类型如下:
?抽象名词表示具有某种特性、状态、感情情绪的人或事。如:
抽象名词(不可数) 具体化(个体名词，可数名词)
in surprise惊讶地 a surprise一件令人惊讶的事
win success获得成功 a success一个(件)成功的人(事)
win honor赢得荣誉 an honor一个(件)引以为荣的(事)
Failure(失败)is the mother of success a failure失败者
失败是成功之母。
by experience靠经验 an experience一次经历
youth青春 a youth一个青年人
have pity on sb.怜悯某人 a pity可惜的事情
with pleasure乐意 a pleasure乐事
?抽象名词与a(an)连用，淡化了抽象概念，转化为似乎可以体验到的动作、行
为或类别。
- 2 -
如:
A knowledge of English is a must in international trade.
Would you like to have a walk (swim, bath, talk) with me?
It is waste of time reading such a novel.
She made an apology to her mother for her wrong doings.
(2)物质名词是不可数名词，但表示数量或种类之多时，可以用作可数名词。如:
?物质名词有形或数的相应物体，有单、复数。如:some coffee一些咖啡，a coffee
一杯咖啡，three coffees三杯咖啡，some drink一些饮料, a drink一杯饮料，three
drinks三杯饮料，his hair他的头发，a few grey hairs几根白发，glass玻璃，a glass
一只玻璃杯。
?物质名词有前置后置修饰时，前面要使用不定冠词。 have breakfast have a wonderful breakfast Time and tide wait for no man.
We had a wonderful time last night.
(3)有复数形式的不可数名词
?有些抽象名词往往以复数形式出现，起到一种丰富语言感情色彩或强调某种特殊状态的作用。如:
Use your brains, please.
They have smoothed away the difficulties.
Have you made preparations for tomorrow’s meeting?
Many thanks for your kindness.
No pains, no gains.
After many failures, they finally succeeded.
?有些物质名词以复数形式出现，表示数量之多，范围之广。如:
The boy burst into tears at the bad news.
The rising waters did a lot of harm to the crops.
The stone bridge broke down in heavy rains.
3.名词所有格
(1)―’s‖所有格的特殊表示形式有:
? 用于表示时间、距离、价格、重量等的名词后，如:today’s
- 3 -
newspaper, five minutes’ walk(drive),five pounds’ weight, ten dollars’ worth of coffee。
?用于表示国家、世界、城市等地方的名词后。如:the earth’s planet, the word’s population, China’s industry, New York’s parks。
(2)―of‖所有格的特殊表示方式有:
?表示―部分‖时，一般在所修饰的名词前有一个表示数量的词(a、two、several、some、no、many等)，如:Some students of Mister Zhang’s have gone to college.张老师的一些学生已经上大学了。
?表示―其中之一，其中一部分‖的意思时，用:a friend of Tom’s
汤姆的一个朋友(许多朋友中的一位)。
?表示赞扬、批评或厌恶等感情色彩时，应该用:that/this/these/
those + 名词(单、复数)of Mary’s/yours/his/hers。如:
That invention of hers belongs to the world. 她的那项发明是属于全世界的(表赞赏)。
4、名词作定语
英语中有些名词没有其对应的同根形容词，这些名词可以直接用来作定语修饰另一个名词。
(1)分类意义。
air pollution 空气污染 boy friend 男朋友
coffee cup咖啡杯 income tax所得税
tennis ball网球 song writer歌曲作家
body language身体语言 road accident交通事故
Nobel Prize诺贝尔奖
(2)时间、地点、称呼等。
Doctor Jack杰克医生 Professor Li李教授
evening school夜校 winter sleep冬眠
street dance 街舞 country music乡村音乐
village people村民 school education学校教育
China problem中国问题
(3)表目的、手段、来源，所属意义。
reception desk接待台 sports field田径场
stone table石桌 color TV彩电
- 4 -
weather report天气预报
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science. (NMET 2001)
A. an art much as B. much an art as
C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
解析:答案为D。当名词前有what、so、as、too、quite等词修饰时，其形容
词被这些词修饰，组成下列结构，如:What a nice book! This is too heavy a box for me to carry. He is not as honest a boy as Mike.等，应采取too/how + 形容词(副词)
+ a(an) + 名词的形式。要记住一些类似的特殊结构，并加以分析。
2. The police are offering a __________to anyone who can give information about
the lost key.(NMET 1999)
A. price B. prize C. reward D. money
解析:答案为C。price 价格，价钱;prize奖金。,项是钱，属不可数名词，
题中所要填的是―酬金，报酬‖。注意正确理解名词的含义及其搭配是活用语言的
基础，在复习备考中要熟练掌握考纲中一些名词的词义、搭配、习惯等，才能更
好辨析名词，从而选择最符合句意的选项。
3.You’ll find this map of great _____________in helping you to get round London.
(NMET 1998)
A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness
解析:答案为C。本题考查特定语境中名词的词义及―be of + 抽象名词‖结构。
Price (价格)，cost(价钱，费用，成本)不符合题意，value作―quality of being useful
or desirable‖解时，常与of搭配，在句中作表语或补语，意为―有用，有价值‖。
故选择value。注意名词词义辨异及惯用法表达，题中―of + 抽象名词‖相当于该
名词的形容词形式。
4.If you buy more than ten, they knock 20 pence off A. a price B. price
C. the price D. price
解析:答案为C。本题考冠词和名词。全句合理句意应是:如果你买超过10
个，他们从(现在标出的)价格上减价20便士。此处价格是特指的定价，所以
C项最佳。
5.The journey around the world took the old sailor nine moths, the sailing time was
226 days.
- 5 -
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for
which 解析:答案为B。辨析名词语义, a distance of +数字―„„距离‖。
6. I keep medicines on the top shelf, out of the children’s A. reach B. hand C. hold D. place
解析:答案为A。―out of reach‖是―超出某人够得着的范围‖，即‖够不着‖的意
思，药品应放到孩子够不到的地方。
语法复习专题二——冠词
一、考点聚焦
1.不用冠词的情况
(1)专有名词、物质名词、抽象名词、人名、地名等名词前，一般不加冠词。
China, America, Smith
Air is matter.
(2)可数名词前有物主代词、指示代词、名词所有格等限制时，不加冠词。
This dictionary is mine.
(3)季节、月份、星期、节日、假日、一日三餐名称前一般不加冠词。
March, May Day, National Day, Children’s Day, Women’s Day
Have you had supper?
Spring is the best season of the year.
(4)称呼语或指家用雇用的nurse、cook等名词前及表示头衔职务的名词作宾
语、补语及同位语时，一般不加冠词。
What’s this, Father? We made him our chairman.
Ask nurse to put the child to bed. Professor Li.
(5)学科名称、球类、棋类名称前不加冠词。
Do you study physics?
He likes playing football/chess.
(6)复数名词表示泛指一类人或事物时前不用冠词。
They are peasants/ workers.
(7)在与by连用的交通工具名称前不加冠词。
- 6 -
by car, by bus,by bike, by train, by air/ water/ land
但:take a bus, come in a boat, on the train/ bus需注意。
(8)某些固定词组中不用冠词。
?名词词组中:
husband and wife, brother and sister, body and soul, day and night, knife and fork
?介词词组中:
to(at, from) school, in (to)class, in (to,at, from)university(college),to(in, into, from)church, to(in,into, out of)prison(hospital, bed), to(at, from, out of)work, to(in,
from) town,at (from)home, to(at)sea, at night(noon, midnight), by car (bus, bicycle,
plane), on foot
注意:在有些词组中，有无冠词含义不同。
住院(因病)
在医院(工作、参观等)
在前面，指某物体之外
in the front of在前部，指某物之 out of question没问题
由„„负责 不可能
(9)as引导的让步状语从句中，作表语的名词不带冠词。
Child as she is, she knows a lot of French.
(10)系动词turn(作―变成‖解)后作表语的单数可数名词前习惯不用冠词。
The young girl has turned writer.
= The young girl has become a writer.
(11)在单数名词 + after + 同一单数名词(表示―一个接一个‖)结构中，单数
可数名词前不加冠词。
She did experiment after experiment.
类似的还有:shop after shop, mistake after mistake
(12)形容词的最高级前、序数词前也有不用定冠词的情况。
?―most + 形容词原级‖作―十分、非常、极‖解时，前面不用定冠词。
Oh, it’s most beautiful.
?当两个形容词最高级并列修饰同一个名词时，第二个形容词前通常不用定冠
词。
- 7 -
She is the tallest and fattest girl in our school.
?当形容词最高级作表语，不表示与其他人或物相比时，其前不用定冠词。
The market in the country is busiest in winter.
?形容词最高级前有名词所有格或物主代词时，不能用定冠词。
A wolf in a sheep’s skin is our most dangerous enemy.
?序数词前面一般加定冠词表示―第„„‖之意，但在second、third等词前加不定
冠词表示―又一，再一‖之意。
„why you took a second arrow
注意:下句中―a first‖表示―第一名、冠军‖。
He is a top student in our class; he often gets a first in maths.
(13)no与such连用时应放在such之前，such后面的名词不用冠词。
No such thing has ever happened in this village.
(14)never、ever置于作主语的名词前，这些名词前不用冠词。
Never did student study so hard.这个学生从未学得这么认真。
(15)有时为了节省空间、时间、金钱和精力，或为了引起注意力，省去a(n)
或the,这主要用于新闻标题、工商业文件、广告、电报、公告、提纲、书名等。
Conference opens.会议召开了。
2.定冠词的使用情况
(1)使用定冠词的一般情况。
?特指或第二次提到。
?序数词前、最高级前、独一无二的东西前。
?用于表示发明物的单数名词前或某些专有名词前。
(2)定冠词使用特殊的场合。
? He hit him in the face.
beat sb. on the nose, take sb. by the arm, pat sb. on the head? the rich, the poor, the wounded 富人，穷人，伤员
? the elder of the two, he more beautiful of the two两者中较年长的一位，较漂
亮的一个 ? The sooner, the better.越快越好。
? He got paid by the hour.他是按小时付工钱的。
by the yard/the dozen/the month/the year…
- 8 -
但:by weight按重量
? in the 50s /in the 1870s(表示年代)
? the Smiths/the Whites(表示一家人或夫妇俩)
? in the water/field/light/shade/distance/middle/country/rain
? tell the truth/on the other hand/on the way home
? 当抽象名词表示某一特定内容，特别是当它有一限定性修饰语时，
它与定冠词连用:
3.不定冠词常用的几种情况
(1)表示―一‖相当于―one‖。I’ll return in a day or two.
(2)表示―每‖相当于―per‖。We have three meals a day.
(3)表示―同一性‖相当于―the same‖。The children are of an age.
(4)表示类指，表示―某类‖。He wants to he a doctor.
(5)表示泛指，相当于―any‖。A horse is a useful animal.
(6)表示某一个，相当于―a certain‖。A Mr. Smith is asking to see you.
(7)与抽象名词连用，可以表示―一场、一次、一件‖，如:a pleasure一件乐事，a surprise一件令人惊讶的事，a joy一件高兴的事，a pity一件遗憾的事，an honour一个(件)经以为荣的人(事)。
(8)与物质名词连用，表示―一种，一阵、一份‖。
What a heavy rain!
What a good supper!
Please give me a black coffee!
4.冠词表类别的常见方式
(1)定冠词 + 单数可数名词，表示一个，代表一类。
The computer was invented in 1945.
The TV set was invented by Joan Baird.
The horse is a useful animal.
- 9 -
(2)不定冠词 + 单数可数名词(表示任意一个，某一个)。
A pen is a tool for writing.
A square has four sides.
A horse is a useful animal.
注意:man, woman表示泛指时，不用冠词，且常用单数。如: Man is fighting a battle against pollution.
Man tries to be the protector of woman.
(3)可数名词或不可数名词，指类别(考虑到同类中的各个情况)。 Horses are useful animals.
Rice is a kind of food.
5.冠词位置问题
(1)不定冠词 + 副词 + 形容词 + 名词。
This is a very interesting story.
(2)such、what、both、all、quite、rather +不定冠词+形容词+名词。 I’ve never seen such a film!
Half a pound of pork,please!
What a good idea it is!
(3)as、so、too、how、however、enough+形容词+不定冠词+名词。 It is as pleasant a day as I have ever spent.
I can’t finish the task in so short a time.
This seems not too long a distance.
We wonder how difficult a problem he worked out.
However low te price you paid,you waste your money.
He is brave enough a hunter to kill the bear.
(4)定冠词位置。
?half、twice、three times + the + 名词
He paid twice the price for it.
Their house is three times the size of yours.
?all、both、double + the + 名词
Both the blind men were mistaken.
- 10 -
All the students in our class are eager to know the secret.
I offered him double the amount, but he still refused.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The warmth of ______sweater will of course be determined by the sort of
____wool used.
(NMET 2001)
A(The ; the B(the ; / C(/; the D(/; /
解析:答案为B。第一空格为特指，交待the warmth的 B(/ … a C(the … the D(/ … the
解析:答案为B。名词复数表类别，其前不用冠词，故第一个空格不填冠词，
表不定概念
的―一种‖，―某种‖要用不定冠词a。要准确掌握冠词表类别的三种表达方式和
不定冠词常用的几种情况，见前面要点考点聚焦 B(the … the C(/ … the D(/ … /
解析:答案为C。题中in use是固定搭配，意为―在使用‖，use为抽象名词，其
前不用冠
词。后者是序数词前用定冠词the。要牢记一些固定搭配如in use、under
construction(在建设中)、in debt(欠债)、come to power(执政)、on fire(着火)、at table(用餐)、out of work(失业)等。
4. When you come here for your holiday next time don’t go to hotel; I can find you
bed in my flat.
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C. a; the D. a; 不填
解析:答案为C。考定语从句。主句部分应是The English play at the New Year’s party was a
great success. 从句补全为独立句子就是my students acted in the play.所以应选in which，其余介词不妥。
5.—John, there is
- 11 -
—I’m in bath.
A. a; the B. the; a C. a; 不填 D. the; 不填
解析:答案为A。本题考查冠词用法。a+姓名，表示―一个叫„„的人‖;in the bath在浴室。
6. Tom owns larger collection of books than any other student in our class.
A. the; 不填 B. a; 不填 C. a; the D. 不填; the
解析:答案为B。考冠词，collection是可数名词，须填冠词，被比较级修饰，但是大范围的比较，故填不定冠词，后一空是泛指的表类别的书，且已用了复数，不填冠词。故选B。 语法复习专题三——代词
一、考点聚焦
代词分为九类:人称代词、物主代词、反身代词、相互代词、指示代词\疑问代词、连接代词、不定代词、关系代词。大多数代词具有名词和形容词的作用。
1、人称代词
(1)人称代词作主语用主格，作宾语、表语用宾格，但应注意以下4中情况:
?作主语的人称代词如果孤立地使用于无谓语动词的句子中，或在这种句子中与动词不定式连用，常用宾格。
—Does any of you know where Tom lives?
—Me.
What! Me (to) play him at chess? No!
?句子中代词作宾语或宾语补足语时，与所替代的名词在人称、数、格在意义上一般要保持前后一致。
The thief was thought to be he.(the thief是主格，故用he代替)
They took me to be her.他们误以为我是她。(me是宾格，故用her替代)
?作表语人称代词一般用宾格，但在强调句型中，被强调部分代词的格不变。
I met her in the hospital.?It was her who I met in the hospital.
?在比较级的句子中than、as后用主格、宾格都可以。如:He is taller than me(I).
但在下列句中有区别。
- 12 -
I like Jack as much as her.=I like both Jack and her.
I like Jack as much as she.=I like Jack and she likes him, too.
(2)两个以上的人称代词并列，其次序排列原则:
?在并列主语中，―I‖总是放在最后，排列顺序为:二 三 一(人称)。宾格me也一样。 You ,she and I will be in charge of the case.
Mr.Zhang asked Li Hua and me to help him.
?第三人称，男女两性并用，男先女后。
He and she still don’t agree to the plan.
(3)几个人称代词的特殊用法。
?we/you(口语)常用来泛指一般人。
?she可以代表国家、船只、大地、月亮等。
The ―Titanic‖was the largest, wasn’t she?
2.物主代词
(1)名词和形容词性物主代词各自的语法功能。
(2)one’s own…=...of one’s own句式的转换。
(3)某些固定结构中常用定冠词代替物主代词。
如: take sb. by the arm, be wounded in the leg.
3.反身代词
(1)反身代词的语法功能:宾语、表语、主语或宾语的同位语。
(2)反身代词和某些动词连有，构成固定短语。
enjoy oneself, feel oneself, make oneself at home, make oneself understood
(3)反身代词还可用于某些成语中。
for oneself为自己或独立地，of oneself自然地，自动地
by oneself独自地，in oneself本身性质，beside oneself喜怒哀愁至极
This problem gets a chapter to itself.这个问题占了一章(独有)。
Just between ourselves, I don’t think much of him.私下地说我并不怎么看重他。
They were discussing about it among themselves.(相互共同)
Left to himself he began to write.别人走后只留下他，他写了起来。
I’m very angry with myself.生自己的气。
4.相互代词(each other, one another)
- 13 -
相互代词无人称、数和格的区别，在句中作宾语。其所有格分别为each other’s 、one another’s ,作定语。
一般来说，each other指两者之间，one another指三者或三者以上之间，但现在区分已不明显。
5.指示代词(this, that , these, those, such, same)
指示代词具有形容词和代词两种词性，在句子中可以作定语、主语、宾语或表语等。
(1)指示代词this和that的区别。
?this (these)一般指时间或空间上较近的人或物;that(those)常指时间或空间较远的人或物。
This is my desk and that is yours.
In those days they could not go to school.
?this常指后面要讲到的事物，有启下的作用;that则指前面讲到过的事物，
有承上的作用。
I want to tell you this:the English party will be held on Saturday afternoon.
He hurt his leg yesterday. That’s why he didn’t come.
?为了避免重复，常用that或those代替前面已提过的名词。
The weather of Beijing is colder than that of Nanjing.
The ears of a rabbit are longer than those of a fox.
?this在电话用语中作自我介绍，that询问对方;this和that可以当副词用，意
思相当于副词so。
(2)such和same的用法。
?such指―这样的‖人或事，在句中作主语和定语。
Such was the story.
We have never seen such a tall building.
?same指―同样的‖人或事，在句中作主语、表语、宾语和定语，same的前面
要用定冠词the.
The same can be said of the other article.
另一篇文章也是同样的情况。(主语)
Whether he can do it or not,it is all the same to me.
他是否能做这事，对我来说都一样。(表语)
- 14 -
6、疑问代词(who,whom,which,what,whose)
疑问代词在句中作主语、宾语、定语和表语。
(1)who/what
?询问姓名或关系。——Who is he? ——He is my brother./He is
Henry.询问职业或地位。——What is he, ——He is a lawyer/teacher.
?What/who 作主语时，谓语动词的数取决于说话人的视点，可单数也可复数。
What is /are on the table?
Who is/are in the library?
(2)which与who、what
which表示在一定范围内，而who、what则无此限制。
I found two books on the desk.Which is yours?
7.连接代词和关系代词
连接代词与疑问代词的形式相同，主要有who、whom、whose、what、which以及它们与ever合成的代词whoever、whomever、whatever、whichever等。它
们用来引导主语从句，宾语从句和表语从句，即连接复合句中的主句和从句，并
在从句中担任一定的句子成分，以连接代词引起的名词性从句前不能再加that.
关系代词是用来引导定语从句的代词，它们包括who、whom、whose、which、that等。这两类代词的用法详见―名词性从句‖和―定语从句‖部分。
8、不定代词
不定代词主要有:all、each、every、both、either、neither、one、none、little、few、many、much、other、another、some、any、no等。还有由some、any、no和every构成合成代词，不定代词具有名词和形容词的性质，并有可数和不可数之分，在句中可以作主语、表语、宾语、同位语、定语、状语等(every、no只能作定语)。下面介绍几组主要不定代词的用法与区别。
(1)some与any
一般用法:some、any可与单、复数可数名词及不可数名词连有。some一般用于肯定句，any多用于疑问、否定或条件句。
He has some Chinese paintings.(定语)
Some like sports,others like music.(主语)
Ask me if you have any questions.(定语)
- 15 -
Do you have any questions to ask?(定语)
I don’t know any of the students.(宾语)
特殊用法:
?any用于肯定句表示―任何‖的意思。
Any child can do that.(定语)
You may take any of them.(宾语)
?some用于单数可数名词前表示―某一‖。
Smith went to some place in England.(定语)
?在期待对方回答yes 时，some用在表示请求或邀请的问句中。
Would you like some bananas?(邀请)
Mum,could you give me some money?(请求)
?some 用于否定句表示部分否定。
I don’t know some of the students.(宾语)
some和any在句中还可作状语，作副词。some意为―大约‖相当于―about‖,而any则表示程度，意为―稍，丝毫‖。如:
There are some 300 workers on strike.
Do you feel any better today?
(2) One, both, all
?one作定语、表语、主语或宾语，可以指人或物，表示―一个‖的意思，其复数为ones,指人时，其所有格是one’s，反身代词是oneself.
One should try one’s best to serve the people.(主语、定语)
This is not the one I want.(表语)
one、ones可以代替上文提到过的名词，以免重复，one、ones前面分别可以用this、that、these、those或the、which等词修饰。如:
These books are more interesting than those ones.
Here are three pens.Which one is yours,this one or that one or the one in the
pencil-box? ?both用作定语、宾语、主语和同位语，可以指人或指物，表示―两
者都‖的意思。 This maths problem can be worked out in both ways.(定语)
Both of the boys are here.(主语)
We both are students.(同位语)
- 16 -
注意:both用于否定句，表示部分否定;表示完全否定时，用neither。如:Both of us are not teachers.我们俩并不都是教师。
Neither of us is a teacher. 我们俩都不是教师。
both不能放在the、these、those、my等之后，而应放在它们的前面。如:Both my parents like this film.
Both the /these boys are tall.
?all用作主语、表语、宾语、定语、同位语，指―全部的‖、―整个的‖，可与可数或不可数名词连用，除少数情况外，一般不与单数可数名词连用，与复数名词连用时，表示―所有的‖、―全部的‖，指三个或三个以上的人或物。
He gave me all the money.他把全部的钱给了我。
All the schools are flooded.所有的学校都被淹了。
I told him all about it. 我把一切都告诉了他。
That’s all for today.今天就在这儿。
They have all been to Xi’an.他们都去过西安。
注意:all 用于否定句，表示部分否定，完全否定用none。如:
Not all the ants go out for food.(or:All the ants don’t go out for food.)并不是所有的蚂蚁都出去寻找食物。
None of the money is mine.这钱一分也不是我的。
(3)many和much
many和much都表示―许多‖，但many修饰或代替复数可数名词，much修饰或代替不可数名词。它们在句中可作主语、宾语、定语。much有时用作状语。
(4)few, little; a few, a little
few和little表示没有多少，含否定意义;而a few 和a little表示有一些，有几个，含肯定意义。另外，few、a few 修饰可数名词;little、a little修饰不可数名词。它们在句中常用作定语、主语和宾语。
(5)no和none
no=not any,表示―没有‖，用来修饰可数名词或不可数名词，通常作定语，none代替不可数名词作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式;代替可数名词作主语时，谓语动词可用单数也可用复数形式。none还可以在句中作宾语。
注意:none既可以指人又可以指物，no one只能指人。
- 17 -
(6)each和every
each(各个)，指两个或两个以上的人或物，侧重个体，在句中作主语、宾语、定语和同位语。every(每个)，指三个或三个以上的人或物，侧重整体，在句中只能作定语。
Every student it our class has a dictionary.(定语，强调班上―所有的人‖)
Each student in our class has a dictionary.(定语，强调各个个体)
Each of them has been there.(主语)
The teacher gave each of the students a new textbook.(宾语)
We each got a ticket.(同位语)
(7)either和neither
either是―两者中任何一个‖的意思，可修饰或代替单数可数名词，neither是―两者中没有一个‖的意思，可以修饰或代替单数可数名词，它们可在句在作主语、宾语或定语。如:
Here are two pens. You may take either of them.(宾语)
Neither boy knows French.(定语)
注意:?either也作副词，其意为―也‖，用于否定句的句末。He doesn’like tea, and I don’t either.(状语)?either与or构成连词，意为―不是……就是„„‖或―要么„„要么„„‖。He is either Japanese or Chinese. ?neither用作副词，意为―也不‖，即―not…either‖。He can’t do it, neither can I. ?neither可与nor构成连词，意为―既不„„也不‖。Neither he nor you are a student.
(8)other和another, the others 和others
the other表示―两者中的另一个‖;―the other + 复数可数名词‖
表示―其余(他)的„„‖;the others表示―其他的人或物‖。―others及other + 复数名词‖泛指―其他的(别的)人或物‖。这些词语在句中可作主语、宾语和定语。如:
He got two books; one is textbook, the other is a novel.
Five of the pencils are red, the others(the other pens)are yellow.
Some are singing, others are dancing.
another修饰或代替单数可数名词，意为―(三个或三个以上的)另一个‖，不能指两者中的另一个，在句中可作宾语和定语。
This coat is too dark. Please show me another.(宾语)
Please give me another book.(定语)
注意:another修饰复数名词时，意为―再，又‖。如:Please give me another ten
minutes. -
18 -
one … another(a second)… a third…the other…意为―一个„„一个„„一个„„一个‖
用于三者或三者以上的排列。some…others…others…，意为―一些„„一些„„一些‖。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The Parkers bought a new house but__________will need a lot of work before
they can move in.(NMET 2001)
A. they B. it C. one D. which
解析:答案为B。分析题意可知，they显然不合，which多引导从句，从此为
并列句式，one表示泛指，而此处空格another B. other C. more D. each
解析:答案为A。本题考查不定代词用于表示数量附加的用法。―another + 数
字 + 复数名词‖结构通常用来表示在原有数量上的附加。若选C，正确结构是―数
词 + more + 复数名词‖。掌握another和more与数字搭配的位置是此题关键。
another放在数字前，more放在数字后。NMET 1995中第25小题命题思路与
此题一致。
3. Few pleasures can equal ___________of a cool drink on a hot day.(NMET
1999)
A. some B. any C. that D. those
解析:答案为C。本题考查替代词that的用法。that通常在句中替代同类的、
特定的但不是同一的事物。本句中that替代the pleasure。句意为―在炎热的夏天
几乎没有任何乐趣能与饮一杯冷饮的乐趣相比‖。that指代单数或不可数名词，
复数用those，表示特指，以避免重复，在比较句型中较为常用，代替可数名词
时可换用the one。
4. I like in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.
A. this B. that C. it D. one
解析:答案为C。本句考惯用法及代词。Like是及物动词，需要宾语。此处―it‖
指模糊的情形或环境，无具体指代，其余项均不可。又如:I like it here(我喜欢
这儿)。
5.That’s an unpleasant thing to say about your father after he’s done for you.
A. something B. anything C. all D. that
解析:答案为C。本题考代词及定语从句。整句意思;在你父亲为你做了所有
一切之后再说你父亲(的坏话)是件令人不愉快的事。
- 19 -
from some wood we had.
A. it B. one C. himself D. another
解析:答案为B。考代词。全句意为:我们需要为厨房填个橱柜，所以Peter
用我们所拥有的木头做了一个。代词one替代上文的名词a cupboard,非特指的指
代，正合题意。it应指代上文提到的同一事物，为特指，故不可。C项离题意太
远，D项指―又‖，―再‖的意思，亦不可。
语法复习专题四——形容词和副词
一、考点聚焦
1、形容词、副词的作用与位置
形容词是用来修饰名词的，常被放在名词前作定语，或放在系动词后面作表语。而副词则用来修饰形容词、动词，其他副词或者句子，一般位于形容词之前，动词之后或句子之首。以下属几种特殊情况，须牢记;
(1)形容词短语作定语，定语后置。
a language difficult to master, a leaning tower about 180 feet high
(2)表语形容词(afraid、alike、alone、asleep、awake、alive等)作定语，定语后置。如a man alive。有些表身体健康状况的形容词如well、faint、ill只作表语。sick既可作表语又可作定语，ill如作定语意为―bad‖。
(3)用作定语，修饰由不定代词one、no、any、some和every构成的复合词如anything、something等时，通常后置。如:
I have something important to tell you.
(4)else常用作疑问代词和不定代词的后置定语。
(5)enough、nearby修饰名词前置或后置，程度副词一般位于形容词、副词前面，enough修饰形容词、副词时，必须后置。
(6)几个副词并列作状语时，其顺序较灵活，但一般是:方式?地点?时间。如: We had a good time together outdoors last Sunday.
(7)频度副词如often、always、usually等在be动词后，行为动词前。
(8)副词作定语，定语后置。如:
The person there is waiting for you.
- 20 -
(9)几个并列的形容词作定语，其语序通常为:限定语(The、A)+ 描绘性形容词 + size(大小)+ shape(形状)+ age(年龄、时间)+ color(颜色)+ origin(国籍、来源)+ material(材料)+ purpose(目的)+ 名词。如:
a heavy black Chinese steel umbrella,
the man’s first tow interesting little red French oil paitings
(10)以-ly结尾的词性辨析。
?下列单词以-ly结尾，但却是形容词而非副词:lively、lonely、lovely、deadly、friendly、ugly、silly、likely、brotherly、timely等。
?表愿意(无-ly)和引申意(有-ly)的副词: 深 wide宽广 high高 位置低
深入地 广泛地 高度地 地位卑微
?有无-ly意义大不相同的副词:
完全，绝对be dead asleep
非常be deadly tired
相当be pretty certain that…
漂亮地be prettily dressed
近Don’t sit close.
closely密切地Watch closely!
晚、迟arrive late, come late
最近I haven’t seen him lately(recently).
2、复合形容词的构成
(1)形容词 + 名词 + ed
kind-hearted好心的，white-haired白发的
(2)形容词 + 形容词
red-hot炽热的，dark-blue深蓝的
(3)形容词 + 现在分词
good-looking好看的，easy-going随和的
(4)副词 + 现在分词
hard-working勤劳的，fast-moving快速转动的
- 21 -
(5)副词 + 过去分词
hard-won得来不易的，newly-made新建的
(6)名词 + 形容词
life-long终生的，world-famous世界闻名的
(7)名词 + 现在分词
peace-loving爱好和平的，fun-loving爱开玩笑的
(8)名词 + 过去分词
snow-covered白雪覆盖的，hand-made手工的
(9)数词 + 名词 + ed
four-storeyed 4层楼的，three-legged 3条腿的
(10)数词 + 名词(名词用单数)
ten-year 10年的,two-man两人的
3、形容词和副词的比较等级
(1)原级的构成和用法。
构成:形容词、副词的原级即本身。
用法:表示双方在程度、性质、特征等某方面相等时，用―as + 原级形容词/副词 + as‖的结构;表示双方不相等时，用―not so(as) + 原级形容词/副词 + as‖的结构;表示一方是另一方的若干倍时，用―倍数 + as + 原级形容词/副词 + as‖的结构。如:
Xiao Wang is as tall as Xiao Yu.
This building looks not so (as)high as that one.
Miss Xu speaks English as fluently as you .
This room is three times as large as that one.
(2)比较级和最高级的构成。
掌握比较级和最高级的变化规则，熟记少数不符合规则的特殊形容词和副词。
(3)比较级的用法。
?对方比较，表示一方超过另一方时，用―比较级 + than‖的结构表示。如:
This picture is more beautiful than that one.
?表示一方不及另一方时，用―less + 原级 + than‖的结构表示。如:
This room is less beautiful than that one.
?表示一方超过另一方的程度或数量时，可在比较级前加表示程度的状语，如
even、a lot、
- 22 -
a bit、a little、still、much、far、yet、by fay等修饰。如:
He works even harder than before.
注意:英语的比较级前如无even、still或yet等时，译成汉语时可用―较‖或―„一些‖或不译出，一般不可有―更‖。如:
She is better than she was yesterday
Please come earlier tomorrow.
另注意:by far通常用于强调最高级。用于比较级时，一般放在比较级的后面，
如在前面，应在二者中间加―the‖。如:
He is taller by far than his brother.
He is by far the taller of the two brothers.
?表示一方随另一方的程度而变化时，用―the + 比较级(主语 + 谓语)，the + 比较级(主语 + 谓语)‖的结构(意为―越„„越„„‖)。如:
The harder he works, the happier he feels.
?不与其他事物相比，表示本身程度的改变时，用―比较级 + and + 比较级‖的
结构。如: The weather is getting colder and colder.
The girl becomes more and more beautiful.
?某些以-ior结尾的形容词进行比较时，用to代替than。这些词有inferior(劣
等的，次的)、superior(较好的，优于„„)、junior(资历较浅的)、senior(资格
较老的)、prior(在„„之前)等。
He is superior to Mr.Zhang in chemistry.
?在比较从句中为了避免重复，我们通常用that(those)、one(ones)代替前面出
现的名词。that指物,one既可指人又可指物。that可代替可数名词单数和不可数
名词，而one只能代替可数名词。
The book on the table is more interesting than that(或the one)on the desk.
A box made of steel is stronger than one made of wood.
?倍数表达法。(A)A is three(four, etc.)times the size(height, length etc.)of B. 这
座新楼是那座旧楼的四倍大(高)。The new bui9lding is four times the size(the
height)of the old one.这座新楼比那座旧楼大三倍(高三倍)。(B)A is three(four, etc.)times as big(high, long, etc.)as B. Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲比
欧洲大三倍。(C)A is three (four, etc.)times bigger(higher, longer, etc.)than B. Your
school is three times bigger than ours.你们的学校比我们的学校大三
- 23 -
倍。用times 表倍数通常用于三倍以上，两倍可以用twice或double.
(4)最高级的用法。
?三者或三者以上相比，表示最高程度时，用―the + 最高级‖的结构表示。这
种句式一般常有表示比较范围的介词短语。如:
Zhang Hua is the tallest of the three.
He works(the)hardest in his class.
?最高级可被序数词以及much、by far、nearly、almost 、by no means、not quite、
not really、nothing like等词语所修饰。如: the biggest. ?表示―最高程度‖的形
容词，如excellent、extreme、perfect等，没有最高级，也不能用比较级。
?形容词最高级修饰作表语或介词宾语的名词、代词时，被修饰的词往往省略。如: He is the tallest (boy) in his class.
?作状语的副词最高级前可以不加定冠词。如:
Of all the boys he came (the) earliest.
(5)形容词和副词前面使用冠词的情况。
?形容词最高级前一般要加定冠词，副词最高级前可不加冠词。
?形容词最高级前有时加不定冠词，或不加冠词，不表比较，表示―非常‖。如: He is a most clever young policeman.(a most=very)
The film is most interesting.(most=very)
?表示两者间―较„„的一个‖比较级前加the。如:
who is the older of the tow boys?
?在―the + 比较级„，the + 比较级„‖结构中。
?在same前一般要加the。
?有些形容词前加the 成为名词。如the poor、the rich 等。
(6)由as / so组成的形容词或副词短语。
? as much as + 不可数名词数量。
Each stone weighs as much as fifteen tons.
- 24 -
She could earn as much as ten dollars a week.
?as many as + 可数名词数量 多达
I have as a many as sixteen referrence books.
?as early as早在
As early as the twelfth century the English began to invade the island.
?as far as远到;就„„而知(论)
We might go as far as (走到)the church and back.
As far as I know(就我所知)，he has been there before.
?may (might, could)as well不妨、不如
Then you might as well stay with us here.
?as … as can be到了最„„的程度，极其
They are as unreliable as they can be.他们极其不可信。
?as … as one can
He began to run, as fast as he could.
?as … as possible
Just get them to finish up as quickly as possible.
(7)几组重要的词语辨析。
?very 和much的区别。(A)可分等级的形容词和副词前使用very不用much。
(B)表示状态的过去分词前用very。a very frightened boy, a very tired child, a very
complicated problem, 一般的情况下，以-ing、-ed结尾的分词多用much、very much / greatly等修饰。如:We were greatly shocked by the news about Tom. I was much
amused by Jack’s attitude。(C)已转化为形容词的现在分词前用very。如:very
interesting / worrying / exicting。(D)too前用much或far,不用very。You are much / far / a lot too nice.另外，在too many / much, too few / little前用far。 There’s far
too little opportunity for adventue these days.We’ve got far too many eggs and far too few egg cups.(E)关于原级形容词要记住下列固定的修饰结构:(a)修饰绝对意
义的形容词，一般不用very,而用quite completely、well、entirely。如:quite
wrong(mistaken, sure)、completely dead、quite impossible、quite perfect等。(b)
修饰以a-开头的形容词，多有特殊的修饰词:quite alone, very much alone, wide awake, fast asleep, very much afraid。(c)修饰一些特殊形容词的修饰语有:be well worth, much the same, freezing cold, quite different, terribly cold / frightening。
?so … that … 与such … that … 的区别。
- 25 -
形容词 / 副词 + that …
形容词 + a(n)+ 单数可数名词 + that …
so + many / much / little / few + 名词 + that …
形容词+单数可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that …
such + 形容词 + 复数名词 + that …
注意:下列结构中只能用so不可用such,当名词前有many、much、little、few
等表示―多、少‖的词修饰时，如 so much progress、so many people、so little food、
so few apples等。但当little表示―小‖时用such。如:These are such little boys that
they can’t dress themselves.下列so的用法是错误的:so a diffcult problem,so difficult problems, so hot weather。
?其他几组词的辨析。(A)ago、before:ago表示以现在为起点的―以前‖;before指以过去或将来的某时刻为起点的―以前‖。泛指―以前‖用before而不用ago。(B)
already、yet、still:already表示某事已经发生;yet表示期待某事发生;still表示
某事还在进行，主要用于肯定句。
(C)too、also、either:too和also用于肯定句，too多用于口语，also多用于书面
语，either用于否定句。(D)good、well:与good不同的是，well作形容词，只能
在系动词后作表语，表示―身体状况好‖，也作副词修饰动词。(E)quick、fast:作形
容词皆表―快‖。fast多指运动的物体，含持续的意思。quick多指一次动作的敏捷、
突然，而且持续的时间较短。(F)real、true:形容词表―真的‖。real强调真实存在
的而不是幻想的，在句中常作定语;true指与事实
标准
excel标准偏差excel标准偏差函数exl标准差函数国标检验抽样标准表免费下载红头文件格式标准下载
和实际情况相符合，在句
中作表语或定语。(G)hard、difficult:均表―困难‖，但hard通常指体力上困难;
difficult则指智力或技能上的困难，困难程度大于hard。它们都可作定语和表语。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. It is generally believed that teaching is ___________it is a science.(NMET 2001)
A. an art much as B. much an art as
C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
解析:答案为D。本题可从考查形容词的同级比较点入手。在同级比较as…as句式中，如果as后面的形容词作定语且其所修饰的名词前有不定冠词时，该冠
词须置于形容词之后，即形成―as + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + as‖结构。
这道题在名词专题中也有解析，不同的是观察视角不同，应注意培养发散思维。
- 26 -
2. It is always difficult being in a foreign country, __________if you don’t speak the language.(NMET 2000)
A. extremely B. naturally C. basically D. especially
解析:答案为D。本题考查副词的词义辨析。注意掌握词语的准确含义，结合
语境进行分析。A项意为―极端地‖;B项意为―自然地‖;C项―基本上‖;D项―尤
其，特别地‖。根据句意―如果你不会讲(它的)语言，在国外你就总会困难重重‖
可知答案。
3. Professor White has written some short stories, but he is ______known for his
plays.(NMET 1998)
A. the best B. more C. better D. the most
解析:答案为C。本题考查副词的比较级和最高级。要把握句式之间的联系，
抓住句子的隐藏信息，结合语境进行分析。根据句意，句中but后应有一词组be well known for…。同时，应注意到前后两个分句把professor White的短篇小说和
戏剧进行了对比，故应用well的比较级。
4.I must be getting fat—I can do my trousers up.
A. fairly B. hardly C. nearly D. seldom
解析:答案为D。本题考副词，且继续使用了破折号，对前句解释说明。句中
的―do up‖指―系上、扣上、包扎上‖等意，故全句合理的意思是:我几乎系不上裤
子了，(因此)我一定在发胖。B项hardly是―几乎不‖的意思，正合题意。
5. The house smells as if it hasn’t been lived in for years.
A. little white wooden B. little wooden white
C. white wooden little D. wooden white little
解析:答案为A。本题考名词前置定事的排序。多个词同时作前置定语时，排
列规律一般是:代词性定语+冠/指示/物主/所有格+数词(先序后基)+形容词+
国籍/材料/用途形容词或名词或动名词+被修饰的名词，其中数个形容词同时出
现时，多用下列顺序:性质+大小+形状+新旧+颜色，有时也要看与名词的密切
关系，越密切，越靠近名词。按上文所述，wooden表材料，放在最后，white 表
颜色，放在little之后，故选A。
6. That doesn’t sound very frightening, Paul. I’ve seen . What did you like most about the film?
A. better B. worse C. best D. worst
解析:答案为B。考查比较级的用法，由句意可知，我还见过比frightening更
糟的，故选 - 27 -
B。
语法复习专题五——介词和连词
一、考点聚焦
1、介词的分类与语法功能
(1)介词是虚词，不能单独作句子成分，必须与名词、代词(或相当于名词
的其他词类、短语或从句等)构成介词短语，在句中充当一个成分。介词分为:
简单介词，如at、in、for等;合成介词，如within、inside、onto、througout等;
短语介词，如according to、out of、because of、by means of、in spite of、instead of
等。双重介词，如from behind / above / under、until after等。分词介词，如
considering、including、judging(from / by) 等。
常见的介词宾语:名词、代词、动名词、从句、不定式等。如:
?It is going to rain this afternoon according to the weather forecast.
?He quarrelled with her yesterday.
?He succeeded in passing the final exam.
?I’m still thinking of how I can fulfil the task ahead of time.
?The professor will give us a talk on how to study English well.
(2)介词短语在句中可作表语、定语、状语和宾补等。如:
?This machine is in good condition.(表语)
?Where is the key to my bike?(定语)
?Nothing in the world could live without air or water.(状语)
?She always thinks herself above others.(宾补)
2、介词搭配
(1)―动词+介词‖搭配:注意特定搭配与同一介词与多个动词搭配意义不同的
情况。 ?rob sb. of sth. / clear the road of snow(―夺去、除去‖意
义的动词与of 连用)
?supply us with food / fill the glass with wine(―供给‖意义的动词与with连用)
?make a desk of wood / make bread from flour / make the material into a coat(―制作、制造‖意义与of、from、into连用)
?介词 + the + 部位与动词的关系(=动词 + sb.’s + 部位，可换用)
- 28 -
strike him on the head(―击，拍，碰，摸‖意义与on连用)
catch him by the arm(―抓，拉，拿，扯‖意义与by连用)
hit the boy in the face(―肚，胸，眼，脸‖等人体前部与in连用)
?prevent(stop, keep)sb. from doing sth.(―阻止，禁止‖意义与from连用)
?persuade(advise, warn)sb. into doing sth.(―说服，建议‖意义与into连用)
?buy sb. for sth.(leave、get、win、gain、lose等―得失‖意义与for连用)
?tell sth.to sb.(show、teach、sing、write、read等―告知‖意义与to连用)
?give sth. to sb.(give、allow、promise、pass、hand等―授予‖意义与to连用)
注意:???可换成buy sb.sth.双宾结构。
?say to sb.(suggest、explain、apologize、murmur、whisper与―对象‖连用必须用to)不可说suggest sb.sth.。
同一动词与不同介词搭配意义不同。
for(寻找) to sth. of(听说) 拜访)
look to (眺望) agree with sb. hear call for(需要)
at(看) on sth. from(收到信) in(请)
同一介词与不同动词搭配，意义各异。
reply to the letter回信，sing(dance)to the music和„„唱(跳)，amount to 达到，加起来有„„，devote to把„„贡献给，drink to为„―干杯，object to反对，look forward to 渴望，come to苏醒，belong to属于，search for搜„„，ask … for … 寻找，use … for用作，leave for前往，take … for误以为，call of倡导，wait for等待，care for喜欢，make up for弥补损失，turn to求助(救)于，help oneself to随意，agree to同意，compare … to把„„比作，send for派人去请(拿)„„，sail for驶向，航向，set out for动身去，go in for爱好„„。
(2)常见―形容词 + 介词‖搭配。
of担心„„ about / at sth.
angry
for 替„„而担心 with sb.
for sth.渴望„„ 与„„不同
different
about sth. / sb担心„„ to … 不关心„„
tired strict
from/ with因„„疲倦 in sth.要求严格
at擅长 with sb.受„„欢迎
for对„„有益 popular in some place流行在„„
of sb. to do so友好 for … 因„„而流行
名词或what从句
helpful to对„„有帮助
at + 抽象名词(听 / 看到„„而高兴)
为人所知 be familiar with熟悉
for因„„而出名
作为„„出名 be familiar to为„„熟知(悉)
sorry for … 替„„后悔 disappointed at sth.失望
缺席
rich in富有„„ absent
in离开此地去了„„
worthy of值得的，glad about sth. for sb.为某人某事高兴，far from离„„远，grateful
for sth. to sb.为某事感激某人，free from没有„„(免除„„)，proud of(take pride in)
自豪，satisfied with (by)满意，sure of / about确信，fond of喜欢，fit for适合，busy
with sth.(in doing sth.)忙着干某事，full of充满，ready for准备，similar to相似，
wrong with不对;有毛病„„
(3)―名词 + 介词‖要注意习惯搭配和意义区分。
缺水
the hope of success成功的希望
have a chance of (for) entering college上大学的机会
为他们感到骄傲
the key to the question问题的答案
a medicine for cough治咳嗽的药
the ticket for tomorrow明天的票
去了北京
his abesence
不在北京
- 30 -
to study学习方法 of studying maths学习教学的方法
3、核心介词用法归纳与辨析
(1)表示时间的介词in的用法如下。
表示在某一较长时间 in playing basketball
in digging the tunnel
(2)在具体的某一天或某天上午、晚上、前夕，常用on。
on Christmas Day(但at Chrismas),on Christmas Eve, on
Children’s Day
on March 8, on the morning (afternoon, evening)of Oct.1
early on the morning of Oct.1(区别:in the late / early morning of Oct.1)
(3)表示某一时刻或某一点时间用at,如小时、分钟等。
at breakfast(supper, lunch),at six
at noon (sunrise, sunset, midday, night, midnight, dawn)
at the age of 15, at the time of war,但in time of danger/ trouble。
注意:有些时间名词前不接介词。如:
- 31 -
next day、last Sunday、that morning、these years
one、each、any、every、some、all修饰时,一般不用介词,如some day
one day、yesterday / afternoon,the night before
(4)till、until、to的用法。
?till(until)与持续动词连用一般用于肯定句中，与短暂动词连用一般用在否定
句中。如:
t up till (until) 10 a.m. (不可用to).
但注意:在句首出现或强调句型中一般不用till而用until。如:
Not until 9 a.m.did Mr.Smith come back to school.
?to表―终结‖时常用和from连用，但要注意不与from连用时的意义。如:from
July to September, from six to(till)eight(从„„到„„为止)，但from morning till night(从早到晚)，不能用to。from … to常构成习惯搭配，不可换用其他介词。(A)
表持久连续、传递、转移的含义。from time to time(不时，有时)，from day to day (天天),from hand to hand(不断传下去)，from place to place(处处，到处)，from side to side(左右摇摆)，from door to door(家家户户)，from house to house(挨家挨户)，
from shop to shop(一个商店接一个商店)。(B)表起始终止的全过程或程度加深、
状态变化。from beginning to end(从头到尾，自始至终()from the beginning to the end of…);from hand to mouth(仅能糊口)，from bad to worse(越来越糟)，from head
to foot(从头到脚),from top to bottom(整个地，彻底地)，from top to toe(全身)，from start to finish(自始至终，从头到尾)。(C)from one + 名词 + to another表示―依次‖。如from one car to another(顺着车厢依次地)。(D)名词 + by + 同一单数名词，表示―一个一个地‖，要与from … to短语区别开:one by one 一个一个地;little by little(bit)一点一点地;step by step 一步一步地，逐渐地(但by and by 不久以后);sentence by sentence逐句地;day by day一天一天地;side by side(with…)(和„„)并肩，一起;shoulder to shoulder肩并肩地，齐心协力;hand in hand 手拉手，紧紧地;face to face面对面。
(5)in、after、later
?in + 一段时间:表示说话时为起点一段时间之后，与一般将来时连用;但表示―在„„之 - 32
-
after,即after + 点时间，用于各种时态。
The doctor will be with us in six minutes.
She graduated in 1981, and eight years later she became the manager of the factory.
He received her letter after four weeks.
另外，in + 一段时间 + ’s + time 与 within + 一段时间的用法如下:
in a week’s time = in a week
They will arrive in three days’ time.(与将来时连用)
My brother’s birthday is in two weeks’ time.(作表语)
I’ll finish the book within two weeks.(within = in less than…用于各种时态，不超出，在„„之 - 33
-
不一定是垂直―在上‖或―在下‖。如:
A little boat is now under the bridge.
There is a bridge over the river.
The sun sinks below the horizon(地平线)
The window is well above the tree.
?表示地点介词的静态性和动态性 (静态，表示方向和目的地) 动态，只表示方向) (两者通用) 静态，表示地点) 动态，表示地点) 动态―离开‖) 静态―远离‖) 动态―到地面‖) 静态―平面‖)
Go off the road.偏离了道路(动态―离去‖)
Come along the river.沿着河过来(线)
across the fields 跨过田野„„，over the desert跨越沙漠
across the river横跨这条河„„，over the hill翻过这座山
be in the house(静态，在这里„„)stay out of the car(静态，在„„外)
go into the house(动态，进入)fly out of the country(动态，离开)
(7)表示方式、手段、工具的介词
?by the year/hour/day按年/小时/天。如He rent a house by the year(day,hour).(按by+the+单位名称)但to the pound按磅算，to the ton按吨计。
?表泛指的方式、手段
by post/mail邮寄，by telephone(radio),但on the phone/on the radio/on TV(电讯器
材)，by electricity用电，by machinery用电器，by hard work,learn sth.by heart,through the satellite,through practice,through his own efforts,through
experience,through the telescop
? 交通工具类
- 34 -
by bus/train/car/taxi(road)
by bike/bicycle,on horse back/on foot
by plane/jet/spaceship,by air
by ship/boat/lifeboat,by sea/by water
另外:by means of 用„„方法，by way of 经由，取道于，用……方法，with the
help (permission)of sb./with sb.’s help (permis-
sion)。
?表方式、手段的其他用法
He beat the dog with a whip.(with+工具机器)
One smells with his nose.(with+人体器官，但by hand―手工，用手‖)
He stood up with pride.(with+情绪、情感、态度的名词)
注意:使用语言、材料、文字等用in。如in English(ink,pencil)。另外如:in high
(good,low)spirits,in anger,in joy,in comfort,in sorrow,in safety,in danger,in need,in
debt,in love,in fun,in pain,in tears,in surprise,in good(poor)health,in good order,in
flower,in a way,in a low voice,in silence,in(with)satisfaction,in a
hurry,in(with)words,live/feed on food,kneel on one’s knee,take(catch)sb.by surprise(出其不意)
(8)表示―除„„之外‖的几组常用介绍比较。
?besides 除„„以外，(还有)。作副词时意思是―而且，更何况‖。
Well all went to the cinema besides Shaw.除了肖外，我们都去了电影院。
It was too late to see a film, and besides, I was tired.
?except除去，除„„之外(不再有)。
We all went except John.我们都去了，约翰没有。
在否定句中，两词可以换用，如:
He has no other hats except / besides this one.
?except for除了„„(对句子主题进行细节校正或附加说明)后接名词、代词或
what从句，此时与except that + 句子意思相同。
He was very clever except for carelessness.
?except that … 除了„„一点以外。
He has not changed except that he is wearing dark glasses.
?but与
except
- 35 -
but和except在表示―除了„„以外‖时可以通用，但应注意以下三点:
?前面有不定人词、疑问代词在意义上对称时，多用but。
All but one are here.
Nobody but I likes making model ships.
?后接不定式短语为排除对象时，多用but。
He has nothing to do but wait.(前有do,后省to)
?but与一些固定结构连用。
have no choice but to do sth.只得做某事，can not but do sth.不得不,can not help but do sth.不得不„„，but for … 如不是„„
(9)between与among.
between通常指两者之间。也可以用于三者以上的两者之间。如:
Ann is between Tom and Bill.
Switzer land lies between France, Germany, Australia and Italy.
They soon finished the work between themselves.(共同，合作)
She was busy between cooking, washing, sewing and looking after the baby.(表示
接连不断地，一个接一个地忙这忙那)
A horse can be seen between trees now.
among表示三者以上之间。如:
The story is said to have happened in a village among the hills.
He was happy to be among friends again.
We must agree among ourselves.(一起，共同)我们必须达成共识。
London is among the largest cities.( = one of与最高级连用)
(10)表原因的介词for、because of、due to。
He didn’t come to the meeting because of his illness.
The reason for his coming late is that he was ill.
He was praised for his bravery and courage.
The accident is due to your careless driving.
(11)不定式复合结构中的for、of。
这里所说的不定式复合结构形式指的是for 或of加上人或事，作动词不定式逻
辑主语的结构。
- 36 -
?It is clever of you to answer it like that.
?It is quite hard for me to explain why.
注意:两句中的of和for的使用，表语形容词能够说明不定式逻辑主语的性质、
特征与面貌时用of,如果说明不定式行为本身的性质、状态等则用for。
(12)兼作连词和副词的介词。
?after、since、till / still、before这些词既是介词，又是连词。
The children went home at once after school.
They went to bed after they had finished the job.
?in、on、along、down、up、after、before、along、beyond等介词可兼作副词。
He ran down the hill.(介词)
Can you lift that box down from the shelf for me ?(副词)
?有的介词可以兼作连词和副词。
All the students got to school before me.(before为介词)
We do want to buy something now before prices go up.(连词)
Haven’t I seen you before?(before为副词)
(13)介词的省略。
?表示时间的介词on、at 、in的省略。在next、last、yesterday、tomorrow、each、one、any、every、all等词之前，可以省略，也可以不省略。如(at)last weekend、(on)that day等。
?介词for表示时间的省略要求。(A)以all开头的名词短语，for要省略。如:I stayed with her all he morning.(B)表示一段时间的短语之前，for可以省略，也可以不省略。如:I have been waiting hereI (for) more than three hours.(C)否定句中，表示时间的短语前的for不能省略。如:I haven’t seen you for thirty years.(D)
时间状语在主句之前，for不能省略。如:For the whole morning,the old man kept
reading.
?某些动词短语之后的介词可以省略。
Nothing can prevent me(from)doing the job.
She spent nearly two hours(in)translating it.
(14)某些名词与介词构成的固定搭配。
?要求接to的名词有:key、answer、visit、entrance、apology、introduction、road等。 ?要求接in 的名词有:interest、satisfaction、expert等。
- 37 -
He is expert in teaching small children.
(15)几个常用的并列连词。
?both … and, either … or, neither … nor
both … and―双方都‖，连接句子的两个主语时，其后谓语动词通常用使用复数形式。either … or与neither … nor注意采取―就近原则‖。
?not only … but also, as well as
注意:两者强调对象不同，not only … but also强调的是but also之后部分，而as well as则强调其前面的部分。not only … but also采取―就近原则‖，而as well as只是一个插入语，采取―就远原则‖。如:
Mr.Smith, as well as his wife and children, has come to Nanjing for a visit.
not only … but also结构中的not only可用于句首，连接两个分句时，第一个从句主谓要倒装。
Not only is he clever ,but also he is hard working.
(16)几个常用的从属连词。
?when、while、as都表示―当‖„时候‖，when引导的从句的动作与主句的动词可同时发生，也可先后发生;as、while引导的从句则强调主句和从句的动作同时发生。如:
When I go to the station, the train had already left.
He sang merrily as he was working.
?till、until均表示―到„„时候止‖，肯定句中的谓语必须是延续性动作。如:I
worked till late at night.若主句谓语是终止性动词，则主句要用否定形式，意为动
作―到„„才„„‖开始发生。如:
She didn’t get up until her mother came in.
注意:till和until通常情况下可以互换，只是在句首时until比till更常用。
?though、although均引导让步状语从句，意为―虽然„„‖，although较正式，though
最常用。如:
Thouth (Although)he was tired,he kept on working.
注意:though、although引导的从句不能与but、however连用，但可以与yet、
still连用。though还可以与别的词结合使用，如even though、
as though,而although则不能这样搭配。
?no sooner … than、hardly … when、as soon as三者都表示―一„„就‖，―刚刚„„
就‖
- 38 -
的意思。(A)as soon as 置于主句前后都可以，而且有备各种时态。如:As soon
as she gets here I’ll tell her about it. Mary left as soon as the finished the
work.(B)hardly … when、no sooner … than不能表示将来的事，其主句的谓语动
词一般用过去完成时，从句用过去时。若将hardly或no sooner放在句首，句子
要倒装。如:No sooner had he arrived than he went away again.
?某些表示时间的名词(词组)也可用作从属连词。它们是:the moment, the
minute,the instant, the day, the time, the first (second, third …) time, the spring
(summer, autumn,winter), every(each, next, any) time(day),by the time,都可引导时
间状语从句。如:
His mother died the spring he returned.
Call me up the minute he arrives.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The home improvements have taken what little there is _________my spare
time.(NMET 2001)
A. from B. in C. of D. at
解析:答案为C。本题考查句子结构中介词of的有法。what引导的从句作谓
语have taken的宾语，而从句中的基本句型为―there is little of …‖,表示―„„有很
少‖，what 修饰little提到了从句句首。注意正确把握句子结构和介词用法，要
明白of my spare time和in my spare time的区别。
2. ____________ production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent
year.(NMET 2000)
A. As B. For C. With D. Through
解析:答案为C。本题考查with的复合结构作状语的用法。―with + 名词 + 不
定式/分词/名词/形容词/介词短语等‖可在句中作伴随、时间、原因、条件等状语。
本题中with的复合结构作伴随状语。
3. The changes in the city will cost quite a lot, ___________they will save us
money in the long run.(2000春季高考题)
A. or B. since C. for D. but
解析:答案为D。本题考查并列连词or、for、but和从属连词的意义和用法。
并列连词or通常表示选择关系;for表示因果关系;but表示转折关系;从属连
词since表示原因。通过比较前后两个分句意思可知，它们是转折关系。
- 39 -
4. After she considered the problem, she got a tall box to stand ________.
A. on B. up C. above D. by
解析:答案为A。不定式―to stand + 介词‖作定语修饰a tall box,其中被修饰词
在逻辑意义上是不及物动词，只有加上吊尾介词，句子意思才完整。吊尾介词往
往由于受到汉语的影响而缺少，吊尾介词使用的场合有:
(1)定语从句中，先行词被一个不及物动词所修饰，不及物动词后要接介词，
先行词被―动词 + 介词‖组成的短语动词所修饰，介词常在句尾。
He is the man I just spoke to.
(2)what、whose、who、whatever等引导的宾语从句，宾语从句出现吊尾介词。
I can’t imagine what it is like.
(3) 强调句型，特殊疑问句中由于被强调部分和疑问词位置变更，常出现吊尾
介词。 It was the poor boy that we gave the books to.
What for? Where to? Who with?
(4)不及物动词的不定式修饰表―涉及对象、场合、工具、方式、材料‖等意义的
名词时常带吊尾介词。
a room to live in, a bench to sit on
There is nothing to worry about.
She is a good girl to work with.
(5)某些形容词后接不定式或―动词 + 介词‖型短语，动词的不定式形式表―反
射‖，常用吊尾介词。
?fit、easy、hard、comfortable、difficult、heavy等形容词后。
?The river is good to swim in.
The box is too heavy to carry.
?be worth doing sth.,be worthy of being done / to be done, want/
require / need doing
5.Roses need special care they can live through winter.
A. because B. so that C. even if D. as
解析:答案为B。本题考状语从句。全句意为:玫瑰花需要特殊关心，以便过
冬(为了安全度过冬天)。其余选项不合逻辑。
you call me to say you’re not coming, I’ll see you at the theatre.
- 40 -
A. Though B. Whether C. Until D. Unless
解析:答案为D。本题考状事从句，全句意为:我将在剧院门口等你，除非你
打电话说你不来了。D项表条件，符合句意。A项表让步，意为尽管;B项表让
步，意为―不管„„(还是„„);‖C项表时间，意为―直道„„(才„„)‖，均不和逻辑。
7.Several weeks had gone by I realized the painting was missing.
A. as B. before C. since D. when
解析:答案为B。本题考查连词的用法。时间had passed(gone)by before S + did…在不知不觉中过„„(已过去了)。
语法复习专题六——数 词
一、考点聚焦
1、序号表示法
(1)单纯的序号，可在基数词前加number,简写为No.。如:No.1第一号
(2)事物名词的序号表达法有什所不同:
?对于一些小序号可有序数词也可用基数词表达，形式分别为:the +
序数词 + 名词;名词 + 基数词。如:第一次世界大战可以表示为the First World War或World War One。
?对于一些大序号我们通常只用一种表达法，即名词 + 数词。如:501号房间
表示为Room 501, 538路公共汽车表示为Bus 538。
?可用a / the + number + 基数词 + 名词。如:a No.5 bus一辆五路公共汽车，
the No.8 bus那辆8路公共汽车。
2、倍数的表达方式
一般情况下我们用以下三种倍数表达方式:
(1)倍数用在as + 形容词 / 副词(原级)+ as结构之前。如:
They have three times as many cows as we do.
(2)倍数放在形容词或副词的比较级之前或by + 倍数用在比较级之后。如:
This rope is four times longer than that one.
They produced more products in 2001 than those in 2000 by twice.
(3)倍数用在表示度量名词前，其基本结构为:倍数 + the + size / length / weight … + of +
- 41 -
表示比较对象的名词，也可用于倍数 + what引导的从句中。如:
This room is three times the size of that one.
The college is twice what it was 5 years age.
You can’t imagine that rats eat 40 to 50 times their weight.
3、大约数的表示方法
(1)用ten、dozen、score、hundred、thousand、million等数词的复数后加of
短语来表示几十、几百、上千、成千上万等大约数概念。如:
The little boy buys dozens of pencils every term.
Thousands of people died in the earthquake.
Every year tens of thousands of people go to work in Guangdong Province.
(2)用、less than、under、below、almost、nearly、up to 等来表示小于或接
近某数目。如:
He is good at English, so he can finish the paper in less than two hours.
(3)用more than、over、above、beyond、or more等来表示超过或多于某个数
目。如: Peking University has a history of more than 100 years.
(4)用or、or so、about、around、some、more or less等表示在某一数目左右。
如: About 50 people were present at that time.
(5)用to、from … to…、between … and表示介于两数词。如:
His salary rises from 20 dollars a week to 35 dollars a week.
(6)注意事项:dozen、score、hundred、thousand、million作数词表示确切数
量时，不用复数。如:three score, five dozen, seven million等。
4、分数的表达方式
(1)分子用基数词，分母用序数词，分子大于1时，分母用复数。如:one-third三分之一，three-sevenths七分之三。
(2)分子与分母之间加in, 分子在前，分母在后，分子分母都用基数词。如:
one in ten 十分之一，five in eight八分之五。
(3)分子与分母之间加out of , 分子在前，分母在后，分子分母都用基数词。
如:one out of ten十分之一，five out of eight八分之五。
5、百分数的表示法
(1)表示百分数直接将数词放在单词percent前面即可，如:twenty percent百分之二十。
- 42 -
(2)分数和百分数后面不能直接接名词或代词，而用以下形式:分数/百分数 ，
of + 冠词 / 限定词 + 名词 / 代词 ，其谓语动词与of后的名词在人称和数上
保持一致，如:
Two-thirds of the money was spent on food.
About seventy percent of the earth surface is covered by water.
6、小数的表示法
小数的表示法，小数点前的总值发同其他数词一样，小数点用point,小数点后
面的数读成个位数，如:9.65表示为nine point six five。218.39表示为two hundred and eighteen point three nine。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. ____________ people in the world are sending information by E-mail every
day.(2001年上海春季高考卷)
A. Several million B. Many millions
C. Several millions D. Many million
解析:答案为A。本题考查的是million表示确切数量的用法。million前需用
数表确切数量，而不用many这类词，但可说many millions of(上百万的)，故
本题中用Several million。
2. The number of people invited __________ fifty, but a number of them
__________ absent for different reasons.(NMET 96)
A. were ; was B. was ; was C. was ; were D. were ; were
解析:答案为C。本题考查的是the number of + 名词与a number of + 名词作
主语时谓语的单复数问题。the number of是―„„的数目‖，作主语时谓语动词用单
数，而a number of 后接可数名词的复数形式，作主语时谓语动词用复数形式，
故此题最佳选项为C。
3. Shortly after the accident, two ___________ police were sent to the sport to keep
order .(NMET 92)
A. dozens of B. dozens C. dozen D. dozen of
解析:答案为C。此题考查的是数词dozen表示确切数量时的用法，dozen表
示确切数量时用其单数形式，当dozens的复数后接of时则表示不确切数量，本
题答案为C。
- 43 -
语法复习专题七——动词时态和语态
一、考点聚焦
1、动词时态考查要点简述
(1)一般现在时考点分析
?表示客观事实或普通真理(不受时态限制) Water boils at 100oC.
?表示现状、性质、状态时多用系动词或状态动词;表示经常或习惯性的动作，
多用动作动词，且常与表频率的时间状语连用。
Ice feels cold.
We always care for each other and help each other.
?表示知觉、态度、感情、某种抽象的关系或概念的词常用一般现在时:see、
hear、smell、taste、feel、notice、agree、believe、like、hate、want、think、belong
seem等。如:
I know what you mean.
Smith owns a car and a house.
All the students here belong to No.1 Middle School.
?在时间、条件状语从句中常用一般现在时代替将来时。但要注意由if 引导的条件状语从句中可以用shall或will表―意愿‖，但不表示时态。 如果你愿意接受并参加我们的舞会，我的家人会非常高兴。
?少数用于表示起止的动词如come、go、leave、arrive、fly、return、start、begin、pen、close、end、stop等常用一般现在时代替将来时，表示一个按
规定
关于下班后关闭电源的规定党章中关于入党时间的规定公务员考核规定下载规定办法文件下载宁波关于闷顶的规定
、
计划
项目进度计划表范例计划下载计划下载计划下载课程教学计划下载
或安排要发生的动作。当be表示根据时间或事先安排，肯定会出现的状态，只用一般现在时。
The shop closes at 11:00 p.m. every day.
Tomorrow is Wednesday.
(2)一般过去时的考点分析(考核重点)。
?一般过去时的基本用法:表示过去的事情、动作或状态常与表示过去具体的时间状语连用(或有上下文语境暗示);用于表达过去的习惯;表示说话人原来没有料到、想到或希望
- 44 -
的事通常用过去式。如:
I met her in the street yesterday.
I once saw the famous star here.
They never drank wine.
I thought the film would be interesting,but it isn’t.
?如果从句中有一个过去的时间状语，尽管从句中的动作先于主句发生，但从句中的谓语动词连用过去式。如:
?表示两个紧接着发生的动作，常由以下词语连接，用一般过去时。如:but, and, when, as soon as, immediately, the moment, the minute。
The moment she came in, she told me what had happened to her.
He bought a watch but lost it.
?常用一般过去时的句型:
Why didn’t you / I think of that?
I didn’t notice it.
I forgot to tell you I had been there with my brother before.
I didn’t recognize him.
(3)一般将来时考点分析。
?表示未来的动作或状态常用will / shall + 动词(常与表示将来的时间状语边用如tomorrow、next week等)。
?表示一种趋向或习惯动作。
We’ll die without air or water.
?表示趋向行为的动词如come、go、start、begin、leave等词常用进行时的形式表示将来时。
?be going to与will / shall, be to do, be about to do用法及区别:
be going to 表示现在打算在最近或将来要做某事，这种打算往往经过事先考虑，甚至已做了某种准备;shall / will do表示未事先考虑过，即说话时临时作出的决定。
be going to 表将来，不能用在条件状语从句的主句中;而will则能，表意愿。如: If it is fine, we’ll go fishing.(正确)
If it is fine, we are going to go fishing.(错误)
- 45 -
be to do sth.表按计划、安排即将发生的动作，还可表示吩咐、命令、禁止，可能性等。
A meeting is to be held at 3:00 o’clock this afternoon.
be about to do sth.表示―即可，就要‖，后面不能接时间状语或状语从句。
Autumn harvest is about to start.
(4)现在进行时考点分析。
?表示说话时正在发生着的一个动作;表示现阶段但不一定是发生在讲话时;表近期特定的安排或计划;go、come等起止动作可用进行时代替将来时。如:
It is raining now.
He is teaching English and learning Chinese.
I am meeting Mr. Wang tonight.
We are leaving on Friday.
At six I am bathing the baby.(I start bathing the bady before six.)
The girl is always talking loud in public.(与always、often等频度副词连用，表经常反复的行动或某种感情色彩)
?下面四类动词不宜用现在进行时。(A)表示心理状态、情感的动作:like, love, hate, care, remember, believe, want, mind, wish, agree, mean, need。(B)表存在的状态的动词:appear, exist, lie, remain, seem belong to, depend on。(C)表示一时性动作的动词:allow, accept, permit, promise, admit, complete。(D)表示感官的动词:see, hear, notice, feel, smell, sound, taste, look。
(5)过去完成时考点分析(考核重点)。
?常用过去完成时的几种情况:(A)在by、by the end、by the time、until、before、since后接表示过去某一时间的短语或从句以前发生的动作。如:By the end of last year, we had produced 20,000 cars. The train had left before we reached the station.
(B)表示曾实现的希望、打算、意图、诺言等。常用had hoped / planned / meant /
intended/
though / wanted / expected等或用上述动词过去式接不定式完成式表示即:
hoped / planned … + to have done。(C)―时间名词 + before‖在句子中作状语，谓
语动词用过去完成时;―时间名词 + ago‖在句中作状语，谓语动词用一般过去式。
如:He said his first teacher had died at least 10 years before. Xiao Hua left school 3
years ago.(D)表示―一„„就‖的几个句型:Hardly / No sooner / Scarcely had + 主
语 + 过去分词 + when / than / before + 一般过去时。如:We had no sooner been seated than the bus started. = No sooner had we been seated than the bus started.
?在before或after引导的时间状语从句中用一般过去时态代替过去完成时。
- 46 -
After he (had) left the room, the boss came in.
We arrived home before it snowed.
(6)过去将来时考点分析。
参照一般将来时对比:用would do、was / were going to do sth.表过去将来;come、
go、leave等过去进行时表过去将来时;was / were to do sth.和was / were about to do sth.表过去将来。
(7)过去进行时考点分析。
?过去某一时刻正在进行的动作或某一阶段内发生或频繁发生。
?某一动作发生时另一动作正在发生，其中一个在由when或while引导的时
间状语从句中。
(8)现在完成时考点分析。
?现在完成时除可以和for、since引导的状语连用外，还可以和下面的介词短
语连用:during / in /over the last(past)few years (months, weeks)、in recent years等。
?下列句型中常用现在完成时
It is (has been) + 一段时间 + since从句
This(That / It)is the first(second…)time that + 完成时
This(That / It)is the only … + that + 完成时
This(that / It)is the best / finest / most interesting … + that 从句 + 完成时
?在时间或条件状语从句中，现在完成时可以代替一般将来时。如:
I shall post the letter as soon as I have written it.
If you have done the experiment, you will realize the theory better.
Don’t get off the bus until it has stopped.
(9)注意几组时态的区别:
?一般过去时与现在完成时:时间上有差异:凡有过去时间的均用过去时态，
不能用完成时态，如含有ago、last year、just now、the other day等。
结果上有差异:现在完成时强调的是对―现在‖的影响和结果，动作到现在刚完
成或还在继续;一般过去时强调的是动作发生在―过去‖，和现在毫无关系。
?过去完成时与一般过去时:过去完成时强调的是―过去的过去‖;如出现同一
主语连续几个动作(―连谓‖)形式则只用一般过去时即可。
2、被动语态考查要点简述
被动语态的构成方式:be + 过去分词，口语只也有用get / become + 过去分词
表示。被
- 47 -
动语态的基本用法:不知道或没必要提到动作的执行者是谁时用被动语态。强
调或突出动作的承受者常用被动语态(by短语有时可以省略)。
(1)使用被动语态时应注意的几个问题。
?主动变化被动时双宾语的变化。看下列例句。
My friend gave me an interesting book on my birthday.
An interesting book was given to me(by my friend)on my birthday.
I was given an interesting book (by my friend)on my birthday.
?主动变被动时，宾补成主补(位置不变);(作补语的)不定式前需加to。
The boss made him work all day long.
He was made to work all day long(by the boss)
?短语动词变被动语态时，勿要掉―尾巴‖。
The children were taken good care of (by her).
Your pronunciation and spelling should be paid attention to.
?情态动词和be going to、be to、be sure to、used to、have to、had better等结
构变被动语态，只需将它们后面的动词原形变为be +过去分词。
?当句子的谓语为say、believe、expect、think、know、write、consider、report
等时，被动语态有两种形式:(A)谓语动词用被动语态，动词不定式作主补。(B)
用it作形式主语，真正的主语在后面用主语在后面用主语从句来表示。如: It is said that he is a smart boy.
It is known that paper was made in China first.
类似句型有:It is said / known / suggested / believed / hoped/ thought that …
(2)不能用被动语态的几种情况。
?所有的不及物动词或不及物动词词组不能用于被动语态之中。
?表示状态的谓语动词，如:last、hold、benefit、contain、equal、fit、join、
mean、last、look like、consist to等。
?表示归属的动词，如have、own、belong to等。
- 48 -
?表示―希望、意图‖的动词，如:wish、want、hope、like、love、hate等。
?宾语是反身代词或相互代词时谓语动词用主动语态，不能用被动语态。
?宾语是同源宾语，不定式、动名词等谓语动词不用被动语态。
?有些动词以其主动形式表示被动意义，特别是当主语是物时，常见的动词有sell、write、wash、open、lock等。
(3)主动形式表被动意义。
?当feel、look、smell、taste、sound等后面接形容词时;当cut、read、sell、wear、write等词带状语修饰语时;当动词表示―开始、结束、关、停、转、启动‖等意义时。
This kind of cloth washes easily.这种布易洗。
These novels won’t sell well.这些小说不畅销。
My pen writes smoothly.我的钢笔写起来很流畅。
The door won’t lock.门锁不上。
The fish smells good.鱼闻起来香。
?当break out、take place、shut off、turn off、work out等动词表示―发生、关闭、制定‖等意思时。
The plan worked out successfully.
The lamps on the wall turn off.
?want, require, need后面的动名词用主动表示被动含义。
?be worth doing用主动形式表示被动含义。
?在―be + 形容词 + to do‖中，不定式的逻辑宾语是句子的主语，用主动代被动。 This kind of water isn’t fit to drink.
The girl isn’t easy to get along with.
另外:be to blame(受谴责)，be to rent(出租)也用主动形式表被动。
(4)被动形式表示主动意义的几种情况。
?be seated坐着
He is seated on a bench.(He seats himself on a bench.)坐在凳子上。
?be hidden躲藏
He was hidden behind the door.(He hid himself behind the door.)他藏在门后。
?be lost迷路
?be drunk喝醉
- 49 -
?be dressed穿着
The girl was dressed in a red short skirt.
(5)被动语态与系表结构的区别
被动语态强调动作;系表结构表主语的特点或状态。如:
The book was sold by a certain bookstore.(被动语态)
The book is well sold.(系表结构)
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. Visitors ________not to touch the exhibits.(NMET 2001)
A. will request B. are requested
C. are requesting D. request
解析:答案为B。此题的时态是不难判断的，因为说的是一条规定，所以用一
般现在时，而visitor与request之间是动宾关系，即request visitors not to touch the exhibits,究竟是谁要求他们这样做呢,不清楚，也不必知道，因此需要用被动语
态。分析visitors与request之间的关系是此题的解题关键。
2. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology
__________ so rapidly.(NMET 2001)
A. is changing B. has changed
C. will have changed D. will change
解析:答案为A。此题考查现在进行时态的用法。句意为―选择一部移动电话
不是一件容易的事，因为科技发展得十分迅速。‖本句的主句一般现在时表达的
是目前的情况，而―科技发展迅速‖也是现阶段正存在的一种状态，不是在过去，
也不是在将来，因此只能用现在进行时表达。
3. All the preparations for the task ___________, and we’re ready to start.(2000
年春季高考)
A. completed B. complete
C. had been completed D. have been completed
解析:答案为D。现在完成时表示过去年做的事对现在的影响。从and we’re
ready to start句意可知，一切准备工作已经就绪，可以开始工作了。complete是
及物动词，与句子的主语是被动关系，所以需要用被动语态表达。注意?分清
complete与主语之间的关系;?结合语境选择正确时态。
- 50 -
4.My mind wasn’t on what he was saying so I’m afraid I half of it.
A. was missing B. had missed C. will miss D. missed
解析:答案为D。本句考时态和语境。全句意思是;我的心没在他说的话上，
所以恐怕他说的话我有一半没听到。整个事情是过去的事，且是做过的事，所以
选一般过去时D。
5.The discussion
A. was coming B. had come C. has come D. came
解析:答案为D。come alive―变得活跃‖。照顾时间状语从句时态一致时。
6.—I hear Jane has gone to the Holy Island for her holiday.
—Oh, how nice! Do you know when she ?
A. was leaving B. had left C. has left D. left
解析:答案为D。考查动词时态，由现完成时的用法，可知动作发生在过去，
故选D。 语法复习专题八——情态动词
一、考点聚焦
1、 情态动词的基本用法
(1)can、be able to 和could
?can和be able to都表示能力，意思上没多大区别。但can只有现在和过去时，而be able to则有更多的形式。但当成功地完成某一具体动作时，通常不用could而用was/were able to来表示。这时was/were able to 相当于managed to，表示经过一番努力，终于能够完成某事。如:
Can you use chopsticks?
The wounded man still was able to get to the village and was saved in the end.
?can和could
can和could都可以表示能力、技能、许可、建议或请求和可能性。但比较委婉客气地提出问题或陈述看法，一般用could，回答时则用can。如:
Could you help me carry the bag?
Can I help you?
(2)may/might
?may/might表示可能，但may比might可能性大。如:-Why isn’t he in class?
- 51 -
He may be sick.(生病的可能性较大)
—
He might be sick.(生病的可能性较小)
?may/might表示―允许‖，may用于现在时或将来时，might常用在间接引语中表过去时，但might也可用于现在时间，表示比较委婉的语气，回答用may。如:
He says we may leave.
He said we might leave.
?may / might 表示建议或请求，但might比may 更客气，意思更肯定而无过去时态的含义。
—May / Might I use your bike? —
(3)must
?must表示必须，应该，没有时态变化。如:
You must do everything as I do.
?must表示肯定的推测。如:
The light is still on, so he must be at home.
?mustn’t 表示禁止做某事。如:
You mustn’t smoke in the office.
(4)have to
have to 表示―必须、不得不‖，是由于某种外界(客观)原因而―必须‖，―不得不‖做某事，也可表示经常的或习惯性的事―必须‖做。have to的否定形式表示不必。have to可用于多种时态中。如:
You will have to clean your own boots when you join the army.
I have to be at my office every evening.
(5)should / ought to
?should和ought to表示应当、应该，前者比后者语气轻。如:
You should / ought to work hard.
?should / ought to work hard.
Since she is not here, whe should / ought to be in the classroom.
- 52 -
?should / ought to的否定形式表示禁止之意。如:
Children shouldn’t smoke.
?should可表示陈述意见，推出建议或请求;而ought to可以表示劝告之意。如: You ought to respect your parents.
He suggested that they should leave at once.
(6)will / would
?will 用于各种人称表示―意志‖、―意愿‖或―决心‖等，否定式won’t + 动词。如: I will tell you all about it.
Tom won’t do such a thing.
?will用于疑问句中，常用在第二称时表示说话人向对方提出―请求‖或―询问‖如: Will you please tell her the news when you see her?
?will 表示习惯性的动作，有―总是‖、―惯于‖的含义。如:
Fish will die out of water.
?would 表示客气的请求、建议或意愿。如:
Would you please be quiet?
Would you like coffee?
?would 表示过去反复发生的动作。如:
When I passed my school I would see my teachers who taught me 5 years ago.
(7)need
need 作―必要‖讲，既可作情态动词，也可作实义动词。作实义动词时后面的动词不定式要带to，其变化与一般动词相同。如:
I need to think it over.
—Need you go now? —Yes, I must./No, I needn’t
(8)dare
dare表示―敢‖的意思。作为情态动词时，主要用在疑问句和否定句中。dare若作实义动词，后面可带to的不定式，此时to也可以省略。dare与need的用法相似。如:
How dare you say that?
She doesn’t date(to)ask her father.
(9)used to
used to表示过去常常发生的动作或存在的习惯，但现在已不复存在了。如:
- 53 -
He used to smoke.
(10)shall
?shall作为情态动词用于第二、三人称，表示说话人的意愿，有―命令‖、―警
告、威胁、强制‖和―允许‖等意思。如:
We shall do as our teacher says.
You shall have the book as soon as I finish it.
?在疑问句中，shall用于征求对方的意见或请求指示，常用于第一、第三人称。
如: Where shall he wait for us?
Shall we go out for a walk?
2、情态动词表示推测或判断的用法
下表即是表示推测的情态动词使用的场合:
例如:
It must have rained last night.
She may not be at home. = It is possible that she is not at home.
She can’t be at home. = It is impossible that she is at home.
They should be there right now.
3、情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法
情态动词用于虚拟语气中表示责备的感情色彩，用法如下:
(1)should have done表示―本来应该做某事而实际上未做‖，而shouldn’t have done则表示―本不应该做某事而实际上做了‖。如:
- 54 -
You should have told me about it earlier.
You shouldn’t have said such words to your parents.
(2)ought to have done也表示―本应该„„‖而ought not to have done则意为―本不
应该„„‖。如:
You ought to have told me about it earlier.
You ought not to have said such words to your parents.
(3)needn’t have done表示―本无必要做某事而实际上做了‖。如:
You needn’t have walked so quickly since time was enough.
(4)could have done表示―本来有可能„„而事实上未做到‖。如:
I could have come on time, but my car broke on the way.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. I was really anxious about you. You________home without a word.(NMET
2001)
A. mustn’t have B. shouldn’t have left
C. couldn‘t have left D. needn’t have
解析:答案为B。本题考查的是情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法。题目给出的条
件是―我确实非常担心你‖，因此后面可知应是责备you不应该没说一句话就离开
了。
2.—Are you coming to Jeff’s party?
—I’m not sure. I__________ go to the concert instead. (NMET 2000)
A. must B. would C. should D. might
解析:答案为D。本题考查情态动词的基本用法。由题目中―I’m not sure‖,表
明我可能去Jeff’s party，也可能去音乐会，故用might。
3. —Will you stay for lunch?
—Sorry, ____________. My brother is coming to see me.(NMET 99)
A. I mustn’t B. I can’t C. I needn’t D. I won’
t
解析:答案为B。本题考查表示请求的
英语口语
昂秀英语口语900句英语口语兴趣小组教案英语口语课教学设计小学英语口语训练如何提高英语口语ppt
，用will来向第二人称提问的
疑问结构，是表示一种请求和意愿，是用疑问的形式来表达较为婉转的祈使语气，
意思是―请你„„，好吗‖，对于这种问句的肯定回答是:Suree! Gertainly! Yes, of course. I’d be glad to 等;否定回答通常是:I’m sorry, I can’t. No, I’m afraid I can’t. I’m sorry, but … I’d like to, but …等。注意情态动词表客气的用法及其
在一般疑问句中的问与答。
- 55 -
4.—Isn’t that Ann’s husband over there?
—No, it be him I’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.
A. can’t B. must not C. won’t D. may not
解析:答案为A。本题考查情态动词表推测。问:那边的难道不是Ann的丈夫
吗,答:不是。不可能是他，我确信他不戴眼镜。
5.You be tired,you’ve only been working for an hour.
A. must not B. won’t C. can’t D. may not
解析:答案为C。本题考查情态动词。句中破折号后的should B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
解析:答案为A。本题考情态动词。在空房子里看到灯光，是一件奇怪而令人
生疑的事，故问:你是否认为我应当把这事儿报告给警察,应用A。
语法复习专题九——非谓语动词
一、考点聚焦
1、非谓语动词的句法功能
2、动词不定式复心中应注意的几个问题
(1)不定式作表语与―be + to do sth.‖的异同。不定式作表语说明主语的内容或
性质。 His job is to guard. (说明内容) be + to do sth.(表示按计划要做的事)
- 56 -
(2)带不定式作宾语的词语。
下列词语常不定式作宾语:afford、promise、refuse、expect、hope、learn、offer、
wish、want、fail、plan、agree、forget、like、prefer、decide、manage、try、arrange、
determine、desire等。
下列动词后可接疑问词+不定式:teach、decide、wonder、show、learn、forget、
ask、find、out、advise、discuss等。
(3)如何理解和使用不定式作宾补。
?动词see、watch、notice、hear、listen to、observe、feel、taste、smell、make、
let、have等的宾补用动词原形，变被动时要加to,此时的不定式就是主语补足语。
?常用带不定式作宾补的几种情况:
主语 + ask / require / tell / order / force / get / want / like + sb.to do sth.
?主语 + think / judge / suppose / believe / consider /imagine/
consider / feel + sb. + to be/ to have done
?主语 + call on / upon / depend on / wait for / ask for + sb.+ to do sth.
(4)不定式作定语的特殊用法。
?下列词语后常接不定式作定语:chance、wish、right、courage、need、promise、
time、opportunity、way、the first、the second、the last、the only等。
?不定式作定语和所修饰的名词在逻辑上有主谓关系。
There is no one to look after her.
?不定式与被修饰的名词在逻辑上有动宾关系。
She is now looking for a room to live in.
(5)不定式作状语的用法。
不定式作状语，修饰动词，在句中表示行为目的、结果、原因。only to do表示
出人意料的结果。
We hurried to the classroom only to find none there .
in order(not)to,so as(not)to用来引导目的状语,enough,too, so… as to do, such + 名词… as to do作结果状语，如:The girl was so kind as to help the old man off the
bus.
I’m not such a fool as to believe that.
(6)不定式的完成时的特殊用法。
?表示不定式中谓语动词发生的动作先于主句的谓语动词发出的动作。
- 57 -
The novel was said to have been published.
I regret to have been with you for so many years.
seem、appear、be said、be supposed、be believed、be thought、be known、be reported等动词常用于上面句型。
此外，glad、happy、satisfied、sorry、surprised、disappointed后也接完成时，但要注意与一般时的区别。
I’m sorry to keep you waiting for a minute.对不起，请稍等。(说话时还未等)
I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.对不起，让你久等了。(说话时已等了很久)
?不定式的完成时还可表示―过去本想做某事但未做‖的虚拟语气。(A)should like to / would like to / would love to + 不定式的完成时。(B)was / were to + 不定式的完成时，表示该做某事或想做但未实现。(C)expect / hope / mean / promise /
suppose / think / want/ wish + 不定式完成时，表示过去未曾实现的愿望。
(7)不定式的省略。
?同一结构并列由and或or连接。
I want to finish my homework and go home.
I’m really puzzled what to think or say.
特例:To be or not to be,this is a question.
He is better to laugh than to cry.(表示对比)
?不定式作表语，其前面的主语从句中含有do时，后面的to省略。
What he did was lose the game.
?句中含有动词do时，but、except、besides、such as等后面to可省略。即―前有do,后省to‖。
Don’t do anything silly, such as marry him.
?主句含有不定式，后面有rather than, rather than后省to。
?Why not、had better、would rather、can’t but等词后省to。如:
He could not but walk home.
(8)不定式的替代。
多用在同一句或联系紧密的对话中，为了避免重复，作宾语或主补，宾补的不定式再次出现时，to后的内容常承前省略(只保留to即可)。但如果承前省略的不定式有助动用的have或be任何形式，后应该保留原形be或have。如:
- 58 -
Susan is not what she used to be.
—You came late last night. You ought to have finished your homework.
—I know I ought to have.
常见的有:I’d like / love / be happy to.
3、动名词复习中应注意的几个问题
(1)动名词作宾语。
?下列动词后只能接动名词:suggest, finish, avoid, stop, can’t help, mind, enjoy,
require, practise, miss, escape, pardon, advise, consider, imagine, keep, appreciate,
eacape, permit。
?下列动词短语接动名词:leave off, put off, give up, look forward to, feel like, have trouble / difficulty(in) doing sth. devote to, get used to, pay attention to, be fond
of, be worth。
?介词后要接动名词。what about、how about、without、be fond of、be good at
等介词后接动名词。注意on / upon doing sth. = as soon as 引导的从中。作此意讲
时on / upon后也可以接名词。如on his arrival…。
?动名词作宾语和动词不定式作宾语的区别:
begin, start, continue, like, love, dislike, hate, prefer, can’t stand
remember, forget, regret, try
- 59 -
want, require, need
4、分词复习应注意的几个问题
(1)现在分词在句中作时间、原因、伴随、条件、结果等状语。
?时间状语(分词作状语前面可加when, while等)
Hearing the good news, he jumped with greatjoy.
Not having finished her work in time, the boss fired her.
?原因状语
Seeing nobody at home, he decided to leave them a note
?伴随状语
The girls came in, following their parents.
?结果状语
The poor old man died, leaving nothing to his children.
注意:现在分词作状语的几个特性。?时间性。与谓语动词同时发生，用一般
时，如发生在谓语动作之前时则用完成式having done。?语态性。与句子的主
语之间的关系，是主谓
- 60 -
关系或动宾关系。遵循的规则―主动进行，被动完成‖。?人称一致性。分词的
逻辑主语就是句子的主语。
(2)分词作表语。
S. + be + 动词-ed表示被动，主语是人;S. + be + 动词-ing表示主动，主语是
物。分词作宾补不定式作宾补的区别:
感官动词 动词原形?做了某事
S( + 宾语 + 现在分词?正在做某事
使役动词 过去分词?做了或被做
5、复习过去分词应注意的几个问题
过去分词作状语，相当于一个状语从句，有来说明原因、时间、条件等。
(1)过去分词作原因状语
Tired by the trip, he soon feel asleep.
= Because he was tired by the trip, he soon fell asleep.
Lost in thought, he almost ran into a car.
=As he was lost in thought, he almost ran into a car.
(2)作时间状语
Seen from the hill, the city looks like a garden.
=When the city is seen from the hill, it looks like a garden.
(3)作条件状语
Given more time, I would have worked out the problem.
=If I have been given more time, I would have worked out the problem.
(4)伴随状语
The teacher came in, followed by some students.
=The teacher came in and was followed by some students.
分词短语作状语时，通常与主句中的主语在逻辑上一致，但有时它也可以有自
己独立的逻辑上的主语，这种结构称为独立主格结构。如:
Her grandfather being ill, she had to stay at home looking after him.
二、精典名题导解
- 61 -
选择填空
1. __________such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river. (NMET 2001)
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered
解析:答案为A。本题考查分词短语作状语的用法。分词作状语，其逻辑主语
必须是句子的主语，而本句的主语看似是it,其实它为形式主语，真正的主语为不
定式，而不定式省略了逻辑主语for people，所以应用现在分词，又因already，
应用完成时。
2. One learns a language by making mistakes and _______ them.(2001年春季高考)
A. correct B. correcting C. corrects D. to correct
解析:答案为B。本题考查动名词作介词宾语的用法。介词by意为―通过„„，
凭„„‖，后面常接动名词，形成―by+ v. –ing ‖结构，表示通过做某事而得到某种结
果。本题中只有correcting符合。
3. The picture _________ on the wall is painted by my nephew.(2000年春季高考)
A. having hung B. hanging C. hangs D. being hung
解析:答案为B。本题考查现在分词作定语的用法。根据句意―墙上挂的那幅
画是我侄子画的‖，可知空白处所填的动词形式在句中作定语，表说话时仍在进
行的动作或所处的解题关键在于分析picture与hang之间的逻辑关系。
4.―We can’t go out in this weather,‖said Bob, out of the window.
A. looking B. to look C. looked D. having looked
解析:答案为A。本句考非谓与动词作伴随状语。全句合理的句意是:Bob看
着窗外说，―我们不能在这种天气出去‖。Bob在说话的同时在看着窗外，应使用
现在分词一般式，表主动和进行。A项正合语境。B项不定式表主动、将来的动
作。C项表被动完成的动作(上处不是并列谓语)。D项表完成的主动动作，均
不和语境。
5.Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures in
your mind instead of before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
解析:答案为C。全句意为:读书是一种与看电视相当不同的体验，有画面在
你的心中，而不是在你的眼前形成。所以本题考非谓语动词，表主动且进行着的
动作。人们看书时，读到什么情节或场面，这样的情节或场面便(同时)在心中
形成。
6. The news reporters hurried to the airport, only the film stars had left.
- 62 -
A. to tell B. to be told C. telling D. told
解析:答案为B。本题考查非谓语用法。only + to do 常用此结构作结果状语，
tell及物动词，tell之后常带双宾结构，故tell采用被动形式。
语法复习专题十——虚拟语气
一、考点聚焦
1、虚拟语气用于条件状语从句中
(1)表示与现在事实相反的假设，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用―过去式(be
动词的过去式用were)‖，而主句中的谓语动词用―would / should/ could / might + 动词原形‖。如:
If I were a boy, I would join the army.
If the had time, she should go with you.
(2)表示与过去的事实相反，条件状语从句中的谓语动词用过去完成时，主
句中的谓语动词则用―would / should / might / could + have +过去分词‖。如:
If he had taken my advice, he would have succeeded in the competition.
(3)表示与将来事实相反，条件状语从句中的谓语动词一般过去时或
should(were to) + 动词原形，而主句中的谓语动词则用would / should/
could might + 动词原形。如;
If it were to rain tomorrow, the football match would be put off.
(4)当条件状语从句表示的行为和主句表示的行为所发生的时间不一致时，
动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间作相应调整。如:
If they had worked hard, they would be very tired.(从句说的是过去，主句指的是
现在) 以下表格是虚拟语气用于条件状语从句中时，主句和从句谓语动词的形
式:
有时侯在使用时可省略if,句子则可换成下列形式，即―were / had / should +主
语‖。如: Were I a boy, I would join the army.
- 63 -
Had he taken my advice, he would have succeeded.
Were it not for the expense, I would go to Britain.
2、虚拟语气用于名词性从句
(1)虚拟语气在宾语从句中的运用。
?―wish + 宾语从句‖表示不能实现的愿望，译为―要是„„就好了‖等。表示现在
不能实现的愿望，从句中的谓语动词用一般过去时;表示将来不能实现的愿望，
从句中的谓语动词用―would/could + 动词原形‖;表示过去不能实现的愿望，从
句中的谓语动词用―had + 过去分词‖或―could(should) + have + 过去分词‖。如:
I wish it were spring all the year round.
I wish I had known the answer.
I wish I could fly like a bird.
?在表示建议、要求、命令等的动词suggest、advise、propose、demand、require、
insist request、command、order等后的宾语从句中，谓语动词用should + 动词原
形或是动词原形。如:
She suggested we (should)leave here at once.
The doctor ordered she should be operated.
(2)虚拟语气在同位语从句和表语从句中的运用。
作表示建议、要求、命令等的名词advise、idea、order、demand、plan、proposal、
suggestion、request等的表语从句和同位语从句，从句中的谓语动词用―(should)
+ 动词原形‖。如:
His suggestion that we (should)go to Shanghai is wonderful.
My idea is that they (should)pay 100 dollars.
(3)虚拟语气在主语从句中的运用。
在主语从句中，谓语动词的虚拟语气用―should + 动词原形‖的结构，表示惊奇、
不相信、理应如此等。如:
It is necessary (important, natural, strange, etc.)that we should clean the room every
day.
It was a pity (a shame, no wonder, etc.)that you should be so careless.
It will be desired (suggested, decided, ordered, requested, proposed, etc.)that she
should finish her homework this afternoon.
注意:这种从句表示的是事实。如果说人对这种事实表现出惊奇的情感，就可
用虚拟语气。反之，如果不表示惊奇等情感，that从句也可用陈述句语气。如:
- 64 -
It is pity that you can’t swim.
3、虚拟语气在其他场合的运用
(1)虚拟语气在as if/as though、even if/even though等引导的表语从句或状语
从句中，如果从句表示的动作发生在过去，用过去完成时;指现在状况，则用一
般过去时;指将来状况则用过去将来时。如:
He did it as if he were an expert.
Even if she were here, she could not solve the problem.
(2)虚拟语气用于定语从句中。
这种从句常用于句型―It is (high)time (that) … ‖中，定语从句的谓语动词用一般
过去时(be用were)或should + 动词原形，意思是―(现在)该„„‖。如:
It’s time that I picked up my daughter.
It’s high time we were going.
(3)虚拟语气用在if only引导的感叹句中。如:
If only I were a bird.
If only I had taken his advice.
(4)虚拟语气在一些简单句中的运用。
?情态动词的过去式用于现在时态时，表示说话人谦虚、客气、有礼貌或语气
委婉，常出现在日常会话中。如:
It would be better for you not to stay up too late.
Would you be kind enough to close the door?
?用于一些习惯表达法中。如:
Would you like a cup of tea?
I would rather not tell you.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it _______. (NMET 95)
A. breaks B. has broken C. were broken D. had been broken
解析:答案为C。本题考查的是as if 引导的让步状语从句中的语气问题，as if
引导的状语从句如果与事实一致，不用虚拟语气，如果与事实相反，应用虚拟语
气。题中―当铅笔的一部分浸在水中，铅笔看上去好像断了‖。而实际上铅笔并未
断，与事实相反，前半部分陈述
- 65 -
是一般现在时，因而本句是对一般现在时的虚拟，用were broken。
2. I didn’t see your sister at the meeting. If she ___________, she would have met
my brother.(NMET 94)
A. has come B. did come C. came D. had come
解析:答案为D。本题考查的是if条件句中的虚拟语气。题意是:我在会议上
没看到你姐姐，故你姐姐没来。因此如果―她来了‖与事实相反，前面一句交代了
虚拟语气的时态是一般过去时的虚拟，所以if从句中用had+过去分词。
3. —If he ___________, he ________that food.
—Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.(NMET 93)
A. was warned; would not take
B. had been warned; would not have taken
C. would be warned; had not taken
D. would have been warned; had not taken
解析:答案为B。本题考查的是条件状语从句与主句表示与事实相反时虚拟语
气的用法。根据下一句语境可知，他事先并没有得到警告，表示过去时间的虚拟
语气，故选B。
at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn’t show up.
A. should have arrived B. should arrive
C. should have had arrived D. should be arriving
解析:答案为A。本题考虚拟语气及责备的用法，全句意为:Mr.white 8:30(原
本)应该到会的，但他没露面。全句谈的是过去的事，故应使用should have done结构，表原本该做而没做的事。
5.—I’ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
—You her last week.
A. ought to tell B. would have told
C. must tell D. should have told
解析:答案为D。本题考查情态动词用法，should(ought to)have done表示说
话人对发生的事性―责备‖故选D。
6.—Let’s go and have a good drink tonight.
— Have you got the first prize in the competition?
A. What for? B. Thanks a lot.
- 66 -
C. Yes, I’d like to. D. Why not?
解析:答案为A。考语境及交际用语。前句建议:今晚咱们出去好好喝一顿吧。
喝一顿应有个来由和原因，且多是为了庆祝某事，所以后句问:为何事(庆祝),
你是不是在竞赛中得了一等奖,这样才能表示后者惊讶、疑问和兴奋，what for:
为何而做某事,其余均不合语境。
语法复习专题十一——名词性从句
一、考点聚焦
1、名词性从句中连接词的运用
名词性从句中的连接词有连词that / whether / as if，连接代词what / who/ which / whose / whatever / whoever / whomever / whichever，连接副词where / when / why / how / wherever / whenever。
(1)that的用法。
?主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句中用that但不能省略。如:
That they are good at English is known to us all.
The problem is that we don’t have enough money.
She expressed the hope that they would come to China one day.
?宾语从句中的连接词that有时可省有时又不可省，在以下几种情况中that不
能省略:
(A)当that从句和主句谓语动词之间有插入词语或者从句主语之间有插入语
时，that不可省略;(B)当that 从句与另一名词性从句并列作宾语时，that不能
省;(C)当that作介词宾语时，that不可省掉。如:
He judged that, because he was a child, he did not understand wine
Everyone knew what happened and that she was worried.
The reason lies in that she works harder than the others do.
?that从句作主语和宾语时，可以用it 来替换成以下几种结构表达。
(A)It is clear/certain/likely/true/surprising that… (B)It is a pity/shame/good idea/no wonder that ...(C)It is said/reported/ believed/known/thought/suggested
that … (D)It seems/happens that。如:
It happened that I went out last night.
- 67 -
It is said that China will win in the World Cup.
?that和what的区别。
that 引导名词性从句时，在主从句中不以当任何句子成分，也没有任何含义;
而what引导名词性从句时，在主从句中都要充当一定的句子成分，what可以分
解成定语从句中的先行词 + 关系代词即常说的先行词 + that。如:
It’s shame that he has made such a mistake. Do what he says.
?同位语从句与定语从句中that的区别。
同位语从句中的连词that只起连接作用，在从句中不担当任何句子成分;而定
语从句中的关系代词that在句中做宾语或主语，宾语与先行词有修饰关系。如果
句子是同位语从句，就应用连词that而不能用which.同位语从句一般放在表具体
含义的名词后解释名词的含义或内容，如以下名词:news、fact、suggestion、truth、
plan、belief、doubt、possibility、idea等，而定语从句只是对先行词的限定和修
饰。如: 同位语从句) (定语从句)
(2)whether和if的用法。
?whether和if在宾语从句中可以互换，但是作介词宾语时连接词一般用
whether。如: It all depends on whether they will come back.
?后面直接跟or not 时用whether。如:
I didn’t know whether or not he had arrived in Wuhan.
?主语从句表语从句中只能用whether。如:
Whether the meeting will be put off has not been decided yet.
The question is whether they have so much money.
?whether可以引导同位语从句，用以说明前面的名词的内容，if不能。如:
We ought to discuss carefully the question whether we can do
it or not.
?whether常与or连用表示一种选择，if不能这样用;whether也可与动词不定
式连用但if不能。如:
The question of whether they are male or female is not important.
I have not decided whether to go or not.
?间接引语位于句首时或者是间接引语提前时用whether不用if。如:
- 68 -
Thank you, but whether I’ll be free I’m not sure at the moment.
?whether可引导一个让步状语从句表示―不管‖、―无论‖，而if不能。如:
Whether he comes or not, we will begin our party on time.
(3)疑问词 + ever和no matter + 疑问词的区别。
?疑问词 + ever可引导名词性从句，在主从句中要充当一定的部分。如:
Whoever breaks the rule must be punished.
You can choose whatever you like in the shop.
?疑问词 + ever还可引导让步状语从句。如:
Whoever breaks the rule, he must be punished,
Whatever you do, you must do it well.
?no matter + 疑问词只能引导让步状语从句。如:
No matter what you do, you must do it well.
No matter who breaks the rule, he must be punished.
(4)when和where引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别。
when 和where前面的名词若是表示时间、地点的名词，则when和where引导
的是定语从句，否则则为同位语从句。如:
They put forward the question where they could get the money.
This is the place where the accident happened.
2、名词性从句中主句和从句的时态一致
(1)宾语从句中主句和从句的时态保持一致，但如果从句中表示提示的是客
观现象，虽然主句是过去时态，从句仍用一般现在时。如:
Hello,I didn’t know you were in London. How long have you been here?
The teacher told us that light travels at a very high speed.
(2)主语从句作主语相当于单数第三人称作主语，谓语动词用单数，如果由
and 连接两个或两个以上的主语从句作主语时，谓语动词用复数;由两个或多个
连接词引导一个主语从句，谓语动词用单数。如:
When the meeting will begin has not been decided yet.
When they will start and where they go have not been decided yet.
When and where the meeting will begin has not been decided.
3、名词性从句的词序
- 69 -
名词性从句在句中要用陈述句语序。如:
He asked me what was the matter with me.
We’ve heard the news that we’ll move into the new house.
Whatever you say will interest us all.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. A computer can only do ________ you have instructed it to do.(NMET 2001)
A. how B. after C. what D. when
解析:答案为C。本题考查的是名词性从句作宾语的用法。此句的引导词既作
连词又在宾语从句中充当一成分，故what最合适。
2. —I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week..
—Is that _________ you had a few days off ? (NMET 99)
A. why B. when C. what D. where
解析:答案为A。此题考查的是从句的用法。根据题意―我上周开车去珠海看
航空展去了。‖下面一句接着问:―那就是你为什么离开的原因吗,‖故用why引
导表语从句表示原因。
3. I hate __________ when peope talk with their mouths full.(NMET 98)
A. it B. that C. these D. them
解析:答案为A。本题考查的是形式宾语的用法。题意为―我讨厌人们谈话时
嘴里塞满东西‖。该空白处没有任何含义，而且已经用了when连接该宾语从句，
所以此处只填一个形式宾语it。
4.I think Father would like to know I’ve been up to so far, so I decide to send him a quick note.
A. which B. why C. what D. how
解析:答案为C。考查宾语从句连词用法，由结构sb. be up to sth.可知，应选
what作介词to的宾语。
5. We cannot figure out quite a number of insects, birds, and animals are dying out.
A. that B. as C. why D. when
解析:答案为C。本题考查宾语从句知识，figure out为及物动词，故此句为宾
语从句，从句意得知连词在从句中作原因状语，故选why.
- 70 -
6.After Yang Liwei succeeded in circling the earth, our astronauts desire do is
walk in space.
A. where B. what C. that D. how
解析:答案为B。此题句子为时间状语从句，全主句的主语是由主语从句来充当的，并且主语从句中不定式动词do缺少宾语，故选what。
语法复习专题十二——定语从句
一、考点聚焦
1、功能:相当于形容词，修饰名词或代词，在句中作定语
2、位置:定语从句置于被修饰词之后
Those who are willing to attend the party, sign here please.
3、先行词:被定语从句修饰的词称为先行词
(1)先行词一般是名词和不定代词，如:some-, any-, every-和no与-boy, -thing的合成词;或all、none、any、some、that、those等代词。数词也可以作先行词，人称代词也同样可作先行词。
(2)先行词与关系词是等量关系。必须注意两点:
?先行词在从句中作主语时，从句谓语动词的数由先行词而定。
This is the place which is worth visiting.
?关系词在从句句子中充当了成分，其意思就是先行词的意义，所以在从句中不能重复其意。
There are many places we can visit(them)in China.
4、关系词:引导定语从句的都称关系词
关系代词:who, whom, which, that, whose, as。
关系副词:when, where, why。that偶尔也作关系副词。
5、确定关系词的步骤
(1)先找关系词，看先行词指的是什么。
(2)看关系词在从句中所充当的成分。
6、在定语从句中，当先行词指物时，下列情况的关系词宜用that而不用which
(1)先行词被?形容词最高级 ?序数词 ?数词几种词修饰或被 ?only、any、few、little、
- 71 -
no、all、one of等修饰时。
(2)先行词为all、much、little、none、few、one、something、anything等不定代词时。
(3)先行词中既有人又有物时。
He was looking pleasantly at te children and parcels that filled his bus.
(4)先行词在主句中作表语关系词在从句中作表语时。
The village is no longer the one that was 5 years ago.
(5)当主句中含有疑问词which时。
Which are the books that you bought for me ?
7、宜用which而不用that的情况
(1)在非限制性定语从句中
(2)在关系词前有介词时
(3)当先行词本身是that时
(4)当关系词离先行词较远时
8、关系词who与that指人时，也有不同情况分别用不同的关系词
(1)当主句是there be句型时，关系词用who。
(2)先行词是为anyone、those、someone、everyone、one等词时，关系词用
who。
(3)当主句是who作疑问词时，关系词用that。
Who is that girl that is standing by the window?
(4)whom在从句中只作宾语，可被who取代。
9、whose作关系词既指人又指物，在从句中作定语。如:
Do you know Mr.Smith whose story is very moving ?
There is a room, whose window faces the river.
There is a room, the window of which faces the river.
10、关系代词as,在从句中作主语、宾语和表语。
(1)先行词被such和the same修饰，或句型as many(much)中，从句都用
as 引导。 Such books as you bought are useful.
The school is just the same as it was 10 years age.
注意:区别?such … that … 引导的结果状语从句。They are such lovely children that we love them much.?the same … that … 引导定语从句。I want to use the same tool that you used just now.
- 72 -
(2)无先行词的定语从句用as和which引导。
区别:?意义上:as 含有―这点正如„„一样‖。?位置上:as 从句可置句首，
也可在另处。
He didn’t pass the exam, as we had expected.
There is lots of air in loose snow, which can keep the cold out.
As is known, the earth is round, not flat.
11、关系副词when与where、why、that
when 指时间 = in / at / on / during which
where指地点 = in / at / from / which
why指原因 = for which
当先行词为way、day、reason、time时，可用that作关系副词。(非正式场合)
I don’t like the way that / in which / he talks.
当time作先行词时，关系词可以省掉。
This is the first time I have given you a lesson in French.
12、必须注意的问题
(1)关系词作主语时，从句中谓语的数。
(2)注意区别定语从句与强调句。
?定语从句中关系词作从句成分，复合句。
?强调it无意义，that / who不是引导词。
?强调it is / was和that / who后如果句子意思讲得
通则
企业风险分级管控体系包装饮料酒标签通则生态原产地产品企业水平衡测试通则综合能耗计算通则
是强调句，讲不通则不
是。 It is the museum that / which we visited last year.(定语从句)
It was in the hotel that we stayed last night.(强调句)
(3)定语从句与同位语从句的区别。
?定语从句引导词被称为关系词，that充当主语、宾语、表语。有时可省略。
?同位语从句引导词被叫做连词，that不能充当任何成分，不可省。
Word came that their army was defeated.(同位语)
We expressed to them our wish that was the same as their.(定语)
(4)关系词在从句中省略的情况。
?关系词作宾语，前无介词时。
?关系词作表语。
- 73 -
(5)限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的翻译。
(6)关系词前有介词或复杂介词，关系词只能是which和whom。
(7)几个特殊的定语从句句型:
?He is the only one of the students who has got very good marks
in the match.(句中one为先行词)
He is one of the students who have got good marks in the match.(句中students为
先行词) ?Is this place the one (that) we visited yesterday?
Is this the place(that / which)we visited yesterday ?
?He stood at the window, from where he could see what was happening.
?It may rain, in which case the match will be put off.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. The film brought the hours back to me _________ I was taken good care of in
that faraway village.(NMET 2001)
A. until B. that C. when D. where
解析:答案为C。本题考查分隔定语从句的关系词的选择。作好本题的关键是
要能辨认出该定语从句的先行词the hours和关系词被介词短语to me所分隔。定
语从句的先行词是表时间的名词hours, 并且关系词在从句中用作状语，故应选
择表示时间的关系副词when。
2. ___________ is known to everybody, the noon travels around the earth once
every month. (NMET 2001)
A. It B. As C. That D. What
解析:答案为B。本题考查as引导的非限制定语从句。as作―正如„„‖解时，引
导的非限制性定语从句来修饰整个句子。当as在从句中作主语时，常用于下列
短语:as is known、as is said、as is reported、as is announced等。要注意掌握作
关系代词引导定语从句的用法。
3. After living in Pairs for fifty years he returned to the small town ___________ he
grew up as a child. (NMET 1996)
A. which B. where C. that D. when
解析:答案为B。本题考查限制性定语从句中关系词的选择。定语从句的先行
词是表示地点的名词短语the small town, 且关系词不作定语从句中的主语和宾
语而作地点状语，因此定语从句必须用关系副词where引导。要注意分清先行词
在从句中充当的成分，然后选择
- 74 -
适当的关系词。
my students acted at the New Year’s party was a great success.
A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which
解析:答案为C。考定语从句。主句部分应是The English play at the New Year’
s party was a great success.从句补全为独立句子应是my students acted in the play。
所以应选in which，其余介词不妥。
she had wiped her hands.
A. where B. which C. when D. that
解析:答案为A。本题考地点状语从句，用where引导。句意是―她的裤子上
她擦过手的地方有脏痕‖。此处不能用时间状语从句，排除C，本题易被误认为
考定语从句，意为―在她擦过手的裤子上有脏痕‖。定语从句修饰trousers，也只
能用where。B和D可引导定语从句，但只作主、宾等成分。定语从句缺少状语，
不缺主语、宾语，故不可用。
6. The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, 226 days.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
解析:答案为A。本题考定语从句，关系代词which指代the journey，定语从
句恢复为独立句子应是:The sailing time of the journey was 226 days,故选of
which。
语法复习专题十三——状语从句
一、考点聚焦
1、时间状语从句
(1)as、when、while用法一览表。
- 75 -
(2)引导时间状语从句的连接词除上述外还有:
?till, not … until …, until, before, since
Don’t get off the bus until it has stopped.
He waited for his father until(till)it was twelve o’clock.
It will be five years before he returns from England.
?hardly / scarcely … when, no sooner … than, as soon as once
表示―一„„就‖
As soon as I have finished it , I’ll give yu a call.
Once you show any fear, he will attack you.
We had hardly got / Hardly had we got into the country when it
began to rain.
No sooner had he arrived / He had no sooner arrived than she started complaining.
?directly, immediately, the moment, the minute that… 一„„就
He made for the door directly he heard the knock.
?each time, every time, by the time
Each time he came to my city, he would call on me.
注意:表示未来情况，主句用将来时，从句用现在时。
2、让步状语从句
- 76 -
(1)although与though可以引导让步状语从句，不能与but连用，但可以与
yet连用。 Although they are poor,(yet)they are warm-hearted.
(2)even if或even though引导让步状语从句，表示―即使‖，―纵然‖，用来使人注意下文所强调内容的性质。
I’ll get there even if(though)I have to sell my house to get enough money to go by
air.
(3)no matter后接上who、what、where、how等疑问词，也可以在这类疑问词后面加上ever构成whoever、whatever、wherever、however等。
Don’t trust him, no matter what / whatever he says.
Whoever breaks the law will be published.
No matter how hard the work is, you’d better try to do it well.
(4)as也可以引导让步状语从句。要用倒装。
Child as(though)he is, he knows a lot.
Much as I like it, I won’t buy.
Try as he would, he couldn’t lift the heavy box.
3、原因状语从句:because, for, as, since, now that
(1)表示不知道的原因时用because,即说话人认为听话人不知道，因此because从句是全句最重要的部分，通常它被置于主句之后。
You want to know why I’m leaving? I’m leaving because I’m full.
for虽然表示不知道的原因，但其语气较because要弱得多，是可说可不说的话，它只能置于主句之后，这时，for是并列连词。如果不是因果关系，而是对前面主句的内容加以解释或推断时，只能用for。如:It’s morning now, for the birds are
singing.(很显然，鸟叫不可能是―现在已是早上‖的原因。)
(2)表示已经知道的原因时用as或since,即某种原因在说话人看来已经很明显，或已为听话人所熟悉，因此它是句中不很重要的部分。since要比as正式一些，它们通常被置于语句之前，但有时却相反。
Seeing all of the children already seated, he said,―Since everyone is here, let’s start.‖
(3)下列情况下只能使用because:
?在回答why的问句时;
?在用于强调句型时;
?被not所否定时。
- 77 -
4、地点状语从句:where, wherever
Make a mark wherever you have any questions.
We will go where the Party directs us.
5、目的状语从句:that, so that, in order that
注意:目的状语从句的谓语动词常与情态动词连用，否则可能是结果状语从句。不可置于句首。
6、结果状语从句:that, so that, so … that, such … that …
注意:so + 形容词/副词 + that从句;such + 名词 + that从句。
7、方式状语从句:as, as if(though)
I’ll do as I am told to.
It looks as if it is going to rain.
8、比较状语从句:than, as
9、条件状语从句:if, unless, so (as) long as, in case, once, a far as, on condition that.
注意if与unless的区别:不能用and连接两个unless从句，即不能有„
unless …,and unless … 。但if … not and if … not却不受此限。
You won’t lose your weight unless you eat less and unless you exercise more. (×)
但可以说 … unless you eat less and exercise more.
10、注意状语从句中从句的省略现象
(1)连接词 + 过去分词
Don’t speak until spoken to.
Pressure can be incrased when needed.
Unless repaired, the washing machine is no use.
(2)连词 + 现在分词
Look out while crossing the street.
(3)连词 + 形容词/其他
常见的有it necessary、if possible、when necessary、if any等。
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. I don’t think I’ll need any money but I’ll bring some ____________.(NMET 2000)
A. as last B. in case C. once again D. in time
- 78 -
解析:答案为B。句意为―带些钱以防万一‖，只能选择in case。引导的条件状
语从句，后面省略了I should need it。
2. The WTO can’t live up to its name _________ it doesn’t include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.(NMET 2000)
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
解析:答案为C。本题考查状语从句的用法。句意为―假如世贸组织不包括占
世界人口五分之一的中国的话，那它就名不副实‖。as long as语气过于强烈，while
和even though不符合句意。
3、Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up_________I
could answer the phone.(NMET 2000)
A. as B. since C. before D. until
解析:答案为C。题意为:半夜里有人打来电话，我没来得及就挂了。but暗
示在接话前就挂了。
4. You should try to get a good night’s sleep much work you have to do.
A. however B. no matter C. although D. whatever
解析:答案为A。此题考查连词用法，依据结构However +形/副+主语+谓语。故选A。
5. He speaks English well indeed, but of course not A. as fluent as
B. more fluent than
C. so fluently as D. much fluently than
解析:答案为C。此题考查So adj./adv. As和as adj. / adv. As 用法，前者主要用于否定句，在这里要修饰谓语动词，故选C。
语法复习专题十四——主谓一致和倒装
一、考点聚焦
1、语法形式上的一致
主语为单数形式，谓语动词用单数形式;主语为复数形式，谓语动词也用复数形式。 The number of students in our school is 1,700.
Mary and Kelly look alike.
2、意义上一致
- 79 -
(1)主语形式虽为单数，但意义为复数，谓语动词用复数。
The crowd were runing for their lives.
单数形式代表复数or、neither … nor、not only … but also等连接的并列主语，如果一个是单数，一个是复数，谓语动词与靠近它的主语一致。
Either you or I am mad.
4、应注意的若干问题
(1)名词作主语。
?某些集体名词如family、team等作主语时，如果作为一个整体看待，谓语用单数，反之用复数。
My family is going out for a trip.
The whole family are watching TV.
这类词常有audience、class club、committee、company、crew、crowd、enemy、government、group、party、public、team等。
Population和―a group(crowd)of + 复数名词‖也适用于这种情况，强调整体用单数，强调各个部分用复数。
?某些集体名词如people、police、cattle、oxen只当复数看待，谓语动词必须用复数。 ?单、复数同形的名词作主语时，谓语动词应根据意义决定单、复数。
A sheep is over there. Some sheep are over there.
?名词所有格之后的名词被省略，这种情况一般只指商店、工场、住宅等;作主语时，动词一般用单数。My uncle’s is not for from here.
常见的省略名词有the baker’s 、the barbar’s、the Zhang’s等。
表示店铺的名词一般作集体名词看待，但用作主语时，谓语动词往往用复数。如: Richardson’s have a lot of old goods to sell.
- 80 -
?当名词词组中心词为表示度量、距离、金额、时间、书名等复数名词时，往往可以根据意义一致的原则，把这些复数名词看作一个整体，谓语用单数。
Thirty years has passed.
Five minutes is enough to finish the task.
?不定代词each、every、no所修饰的名词即使以and或逗号连接成多主语时，谓语动词仍用单数形式。如:
Each boy and each girl in my class has a dictionary.
?如果主语有more than one … 或many a … 构成，尽管从意义上
看是复数内容，但它的谓语动词用单数形式。
More than one student has seen the play.
Many a boy has bought that kind of toy.
但是，―more + 复数名词 + than one‖结构之后，谓语用复数。
?一些由两个部分构成的名词表示衣物或工具作主语时，谓语通常用复数形式。如glasses、clothes、trousers、shoes、compasses、chopsticks、scissors等。
但如果主语用a kind of、a pair of、a series of等加名词构成时，谓语动词一般用单数形式。
A pair of shoes was on the desk.
?this kind of book = a book of this kind(这种书)，其谓语动词;短语this kind of men = men of this kind = these kind of
men(口语)(这一类人)，但this kind of men的谓语用单数，men of this kind和these kind of men的谓语用复数，all kinds of后跟复数名词，谓语用复数形式。如:
This kind of men is dangerous.
Men of theis kind/sort are dangerous.
?复数形式的单、复数同形名词作主语时，按意义一致的原则，用作单数意义时，谓语用单数，反之，谓语用复数。这类名词有means、works、species(种类)、Chinese、Japanese等。当它们的前面有 a、such a、this、that修饰时，谓语用单数;有all、such、these、those修饰时，谓语用复数。
11如果名词词组中心词是?
复数形式，反之用单数。
All of my students work hard.
- 81 - all、most、half、rest等词语，所指是复数意义，谓语动词用
All of the oil is gone.
12在主谓倒装的句子中，谓语动词的数应与其后的主语一致。如: ?
Between the two windows hangs an oil painting.
(2)由连接词连接的名词作主语。
?用and或both … and 连接并列主语，谓语动词通常用复数形式。但如果并
列主语指的是同一个人，同一事物或同一概念时，谓语动词用单数形式，这时
and后面的名词没有冠词。
Truth and honesty is the best policy.
To love and to be loved is the great happiness.
Going to bed early and getting up early is a good habit.
A knife and fork is on the table.
?当主语后面跟有as well as、as much as、no less than、along with、with、like、
rather than、together with、but、except、besides、including、in addition to等引导
的词组时，采取―就远原则‖。
?以or、either … or、neigher … nor、not only … but also等连接的词作主语时，
采取―就近原则‖。
(3)代词作主语。
?名词型物主代词连接的动词，既可以用单数，也可以用复数，这取决于它所
代替的是单数还是复数。
Ours (Our Party) is a great Party.
Your shoes are white, mine (= my shoes) are black.
?such、the same起指示代词作用时，应根据其所指的
- 82 -
(A)单独作主语时，视其在文中的意义，动词可用单数或复数形式。Now all
has been changed. All are present.(B)其后接of时，若of的宾语为不可数名词，
动词用单数形式;若of的宾语为复数名词或代词时，动词可以是单数，也可以
是复数;在正式文体中，单数形式的动词更常用。Do (es) any of you know about the accident? None of us has
(have) seen the film.
(4)分数、量词作主语。
?―分数或百分数 + 名词‖构成的短语以及由―a lot of, lots of, plenty of, a large quantity of, a heap of, heaps of, half of + 名词‖构成的短语作主语时，其谓语动词
要与短语中of后面的名词的数保持一致，这是因为短语中后面的名词是中心词，
而短语中前面的量词是修饰语。如:
Lots of damage was caused by flood.
A number of students have gone to the countryside.
A large quantity of people is needed here.
Quantities of food (nuts) were still on the table.
?a great deal of、a large amount of修饰不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动
词通常用单数;large amounts of修饰不可数名词，其短语作主语时，谓语动词通
常用复数。
?表示数量的one and a half后，名词要用复数形式，但是其短语作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
One and a half apples is left on the table.
?half of、(a)part of修饰可数名词单数及不可数名词时，谓语动词用单数，修饰可数名词复数时，谓语动词用复数。
(5)名词化的形容词作主语。
如果主语由―the + 形容词(或分词)‖结构担任时，谓语通常用复数。这类词有the rich、the poor、the brave、the injured、the living、the wounded等。如表抽象的也可以用单数，如the unknown、the beautiful等。
(6)从句作主语。
?由what引导的主语从句，谓语动词通常用单数，但所指的具体内容是复数意义时，谓语动词一般用复数形式。
What we need is more money.
What we need are more people/teachers.
- 83 -
?在―one of + 复数名词 + who/that/which‖引导的从句结构中，关系代词
who/that/which的先行词是靠近它的复数名词而不是one，因此从句中的谓语动词也应该是复数形式。如one前有the only则用单数形式。
This is one of the most interesting stories that have been told by my father.
She was the only one of the girls who was late for class today.
(7)不定式、名动词(短语)作主语用单数形式;There be句型中be的单复数取决于be后的第一个词的数。
There is a book, two pens on the desk.
There are two pens, a book on the desk.
5、倒装句的要点复习
(1)在以there、here、now、then、such引导的，引起人们注意的招呼句要倒装。 There goes the bell. Here comes the bus.
(2)表示动态的状语，置于句首时，句子要倒装。
Off went the horse. In came the boss.
From the speaker comes the doctor’s voice.
(3)表示地点的词语置于句首或强调地点概念时。
South of the town lie two steel factories.
Between the two buildings stands a tall tree.
注意:句子的主语为人称代词时，句子不倒装。
Here it is. Away they went.
(4)否定词never、seldom、hardly、scarcely、barely、rarely、little、not、nowhere、
by no means、at no time、neither、nor等放在句首时，句子常倒装。如:
By no means shall we give up.
Never have I been to the USA.
Seldom does she get up late in the morning.
(5)在not only … but also … no sooner … than …、hardly … when …、scarcely … when …、not until …、so … that …、such … that …句型中，主句倒装，从句不
倒装，但要注意:neither … nor … 连接的句子前后两个分句都要倒装。
Not only is she smart but also she is beautiful.
Such great progress did he make that he was praised.
- 84 -
So heavy is the box that I can’t carry it.
Neither has he a pencil, nor has he a pen.
(6)Only + 状语或状语从句 +其他(only在句首时要倒装)。
Only then did I realize the importance of learning English.
(7)so、neither、nor放在句首时，表示前面的情况也适用于另一个人或物时，
用部分倒装。
(8)表语或状语或动词原形 + as/though + 主语 + 其他时，句子要倒装。(在
让步状语从句中)
(9)虚拟语气中用倒装代替if。
Were I you, I would go there at once.
Had you come yesterday, you could have helped us.
(10)在一些表示祝愿的句子中。
Long live China!
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1.—Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, _________to go to
university. —So do I. (上海 1998)
A. hope B. hopes C. hoping D. hoped
解析:答案为B。本题考查主谓一致中的意义一致原则，不定代词either、neither、
each、one、the other、another以及所有的复合不定代词作主语时，谓语动词应根
据意义一致的原则采用单数形式，排除A。选项C是非谓语动词的一种，不能
单独作谓语，亦应排除。根据答语中的时态又可排除选项D。
2. The number of people invited _________ fifty, but a number of them
__________ absent for different reasons.(NMET 1996)
A. were; was B. was; was C. was; were D. were; were
解析:答案为C。本题考查the number of和a number of 的区别。―the number of + 复数名词/代词‖结构中的中心词是number,―a number of + 复数名词/代词‖结构
中的中心词是of后的复数名词或代词，故谓语动词分别用单、复数。解题关键
在于仔细区分哪个是真正的主语。
3.—David has made great progress recently.
- 85 -
—_______, and __________.(上海 1997)
A. So he has; so you have B. So he has; so have you
C. So has he; so have you D. So has he; so you have
解析:答案为B。 本题考查倒装知识。―So + 主语 + 助动词‖表―确实如此‖，
―So + 助动词 + 主语‖表―也一样。‖
4.—I would never ever come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible!
— .
A. Nor am I B. Neither would I
C. Same with me D. So do I
解析:答案为B。本题主要考倒装，以so/nor/neither开头的倒装句子，在时态、
语态、助动词、情态动词等谓语形式上，要尽可能与上文一致，故选B，排除A、
D。如说―It’s the same with me‖也可，但不能省略―the‖。
5. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class, visiting a museum when the
earthquake struck.
A. was B. were C. had been D. would be
解析:答案为A。本题考查主谓一致及时态知识，句子的主语是the teacher, 后
面跟with结构表补充说明，谓语应该与最前面的主语，即the teacher一致，应
用单数，又因事情发生在地震的时候，因此应该用过去进行时。
snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when they had a
picnic in forest.
A. Not only they brought B. Not only did they bring
C. Not only brought they D. Not only they did bring
解析:答案为B。此题考查倒装句的用法not only…but等有否定意义的连词及
副词位于句首，句子使用部分倒装，故选B。
语法复习专题十五——it的用法
一、考点聚焦
1、it的基本用法
(1)用作人称代词，代替前文提到过的事物。
- 86 -
The train has arrived. It arrived half an hour ago.
(2)用以代替提示代词this, that。
—What’s this? —It’s a knife.
—Whose watch is that? —It’s mine.
(3)起指示代词的作用，指一个人或事物。
—Who is knocking at the door? —It’s me.
(4)指环境情况等。
It was very noisy (quiet) at the very moment.
(5)指时间、季节等。
—What time is it? —It’s eight o’clock.
It often rains in summer here.
(6)指距离。
It is a long way to the school.
(7)作形式主语。
It is not easy to finish the work in two days.
It is no use crying over spilt milk.
It is as pity that you didn’t read the book.
(8)作形式宾语。
I think it no use arguing with him.
I found it very interesting to study English.
He made it clear that he was not interested in that subject.
(9)用于强调结构。
It was Xiaoming whom (that) I met in the street last night. It was in the street that I
met Xiaoming last night.
It ws last night that I met Xiaoming in the street.
It was I who met Xiaoming in the street last night.
2、含有―It is …‖的句型
(1)It is time (for sb.) to do sth.
It is (high) time that sb. did sth.(虚拟语气)
(2)It is + 形容词(+of / for sb.)+ to do sth.
- 87 -
通常用 of的词有brave、clever、careful、hopeless、kind、good、naughty、nice、
silly、stupid、foolish、wise等。
(3)It is + 形容词 + that + sb. + (should) do sth.(虚拟语气)
能用于这个句型的形容词有strange、wonderful、natural、good、proper、right、
wrong、well、fortunate、important、necessary、useless、likely、probable、impossible
等。有时可省去should而直接用动词原形。如:
It is important that we should pay close attention to grain.
It is natural that he(should)say so.
(4)It is no use/ good + doing sth.
It is no use trying again = It is of no use to try again.
(5)It is + 被强调部分 + that/who + …
Was it in the street that you met her?
Who was it that called him―comrade‖?
It was not until yesterday that I met my old friend. (注意上述各句均为强调句型
的―考点‖)
比较:It is a small factory where my brother is going to work.(定语从句)
(6)It is said/reported/announced/ (well) known … that…
(7)It is/was + 时间 + since … 从„„已多久了。
It is three years since I met him in Beijing.
It was a long time since I (had) lived in that small mountain village with these
farmers.(注意两句中的时态)
It is five months since I arrived in New York.我到纽约已经五个月了。
It is five months since I was in New York.我离开纽约已经五个月了。
(注意:终止性动词表示从动作发生时算起;如果是状态动词或持续性动词，
则从动作或状态结束时算起。)
(8)It is + 时间 + before …
这个句型和上面句型中时间都是时间段，如long、years、months、weeks、five
days、three hours、twenty minutes等。不过主句的时态多用一般将来时或一般过
去时。
It will be several years before we meet again.
- 88 -
我们要过好几年才能再见面。
It was not long before they set out for the front.
不久他们就出发去了前线。
(9)It is /was/will be the first/second/third … time that …
It is the first time that I have been here.
It was the second time that he had seen the film.
(10)It is up to sb. to do sth … 应由某人做某事。
It is up to you to decide whether we start or not.
二、精典名题导解
选择填空
1. _________ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.
(NMET 1995)
A. There B. This C. That D. It
解析:答案为D。本题考查作形式主语的用法。that引导的从句是真正的主语。
为避免头重脚轻而平衡句子结构，将it置于句首作形式主语。
2. I hope there are enough glasse for each guest to have ________. (NMET 1995)
A. it B. those C. them D. one
解析:答案为D。本题考查替代词it和one的区别。it用于替代同类的、特定
的、同一的事物;one替代同类的、泛指的人或物。根据题意―我希望有足够的
杯子使每个客人有一个。‖可知应用one泛指enough glasses中的一个。
3. Was __________ that I saw last night at the concert?
A. it you B. not you C. you D. that yourself
解析:答案为A。本题考查强调句型的疑问式。只须将句序变为陈述句便不难
得出答案。
4. It was back home after the experiment.
A. not until midnight did he go B. until midnight that he didn’t go
C. not until midnight that he went D. until midnight when he didn’t go
解析:答案为C。此题考查的是not…until句型的强调结构，其最根本结构是:
He did not go back home after the experiment.?,把?转变为Not until midnight did he go back home after the experiment.?,注意?中的倒装结构，把?中划线部分放
在强调结构It be 被强调部分that…中进行强调，但注意that从句后面不用倒装
形式。
- 89 -
第一章 名词
一、基础练习
1、There are only twelve ______ in the hospital.
A(woman doctors B(women doctors
C(women doctor D(woman doctor
2、Mr Smith has two _______ , both of whom are teachers in a school.
A(brothers-in-law B(brother-in-laws
C(brothers-in-laws D(brothers-in law
3、——How many ______ does a cow have? ——Four.
A(stomaches B(stomach C(stomachs D(stomachies
4、Some ______ visited our school last Wednesday.
A(German B(Germen C(Germans D(Germens
5、The _______ of the building are covered with lots of .
A(roofs; leaves B(rooves; leafs C(roof; leaf D(roofs; leafs
6、When the farmer returned home he found three _______
missing.
A(sheeps B(sheepes C(sheep D(sheepies
7、That was a fifty _______ engine.
A(horse power B(horses power
C(horse powers D(horses powers
8、My father often gives me ______ .
A(many advice B(much advice C(a lot of advices D(a few advice
9、Mary broke a ______ while she was washing up.
A(tea cup B(a cup of tea C(tea‘s cup D(cup tea
10、Can you give us some ______ about the writer?
A(informations B(information C(piece of informations D(pieces
information
11、I had a cup of _____ and two pieces of _____ this morning.
A(teas; bread B(teas; breads
C(tea; breads D(tea; bread
12、As is known to us all, ______ travels much faster than ______ .
A(lights; sounds B(light; sound C(sound; light D(sounds; lights
13、She told him of all her ___ and ____ .
- 90 -
A(hope; fear B(hopes; fear
C(hopes; fears D(hope; fears
14、The rising _____ did a lot of ____ to the crops.
A(water; harm B(water; harms
C(waters; harm D(waters; harms
15、How far away is it from here to your school? It‘s about ______ .
A(half an hour‘s drive B(half hours drives
C(half an hour drives D(half an hour drive
16、The shirt isn‘t mine. It‘s _____ .
A(Mrs Smith B(Mrs‘ Smith
C(Mrs Smiths‘ D(Mrs Smith‘s
17、Miss Johnson is a friend of _______ .
A(Mary‘s mother B(Mary‘s mothers‘ C(Mary mother‘s D(Mary‘s mother‘s
18、Last week I called at my _____ .
A(aunt B(aunts C(aunt‘s D(auntes‘
19、The beach is a ______ throw.
A(stone B(stones C(stones‘ D(stone‘s
20、I can hardly imagine ____ sailing across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A(Peter‘ B(Peter C(Peters D(Peters
二、提高练习
1. It won‘t make much ________ whether you agree or not.
A. difficulty
B. trouble
C. difference
D. matter
2. No one has yet succeeded in explaining the ________ of how life began.
A. cause
B. problem
C. reason
D. puzzle
3. You must get there within an hour. There should be no ___ in sending this
information to him.
A. question
B. problem
C. quarrel
D. delay
4. I can‘t give you the card without Smith‘s ________.
A. agreement
B. allowing
C. permission
D. perfomance
5. What impressed me most was that they never lost ________.
A. hearts
- 91 -
B. heart
C. their heart
D. their hearts
6. Though I spoke to him many times, he never took any ________ of what I said.
A. remark
B. observation
C. attention
D. notice
7. I went to buy a ________ of China Daily.
A. piece
B. sheet
C. lot
D. copy
8. Shelly had prepared carefully for her English examination so that she could be
sure of passing it on her first ________.
A. intention
B. purpose
C. attempt
D. desire
9. There are usually at least two ________ of looking at every question.
A. means
B. directions
C. views
D. ways
10. We have worked out the plan and now we must put it into ________.
A. fact
B. reality
C. practice
D. deed
11. She is young for the job, but on the other ________, she is well trained.
A. way
B. situation
C. chance
D. hand
12. The most important________ of his speech was that we should all work whole-heartedly for the people.
A. point
B. sense
C. spot
D. view
13. --- I‘d like ________ information about the management of your hotel, please. --- Well, you could have ________ word with the manager. He might be helpful.
A. some; a
B. an; some
- 92 -
C. some; some
D. an; a
14. He told me he had been offered a very well-paid ________.
A. business
B. service
C. work
D. position
15. Each player must obey ________, who is the leader of the team.
A. captain
B. a captain
C. the captain
D. captains
16. It was ________ that he had to ask for help.
A. such big a work
B. a so big job
C. a so big work
D. such a big job
17. He dropped the ________ and broke it.
A. cup of coffee
B. coffee‘s cup
C. cup for coffee
D. coffee cup
18. What ________! Where did you get them?
A. big fish
B. a big fish
C. a piece of big fish
D. big a fish
19. He left ________ with my secretary that he would call again in the afternoon.
He said he would keep ________.
A. words; his words
B. word; his word
C. word; word
D. the word; his words
20. The new law will come into ________ on the day it is passed.
A. effect
B. use
C. service
D. existence
21. We held a party in ________ of our Australian teacher, Meggi.
A. prize
B. honor
C. praise
D. pride
22. --- Tom, will you boys play soldiers outside? There‘s not enough ________ for
you boys
- 93 -
here.
--- But we can play in the next ________, can‘t we?
A. places; place
B. room; room
C. rooms; space
D. house; rooms
23. --- Is this bridge made of ________?
--- Yes, it is made of 2300 huge ________.
A. stone; stone
B. stones; stones
C. stone; stones
D. stones; stone
24. --- Mum, I‘m going to visit my aunt. What about a week?
--- A week is too long. Try to be back in a ________ of days.
A. number
B. dozen
C. few
D. couple
25. Mrs. Green tried hard to find a job but she had no ________.
A. luck
B. time
C. hope
D. chance
26. His daughter is always shy in ________ and she never dares to make a speech to
________.
A. the public; the public
B. public; the public
C. the public; public
D. public; public
27. Fast-food restaurants are ________ to us all.
A. of many helps
B. a great help
C. great helps
D. much help
28. These young people are now making an active ________ to beautify (美化) our city.
A. part
B. effort
C. decision
D. plan
29. --- What you like may not be what I like.
--- Yes, one man‘s meal is another man‘s ________.
A. poison
B. medicine
C. meal
- 94 -
D. food
30. He said that two ________ would come to our school the next day.
A. woman scientist
B. women scientist
C. woman scientists
D. women scientists
31. My ________ all ________ hard for the people.
A. family; work
B. family; works
C. families; work
D. families; works
32. Dr. Jones ordered ________ for the laboratory.
A. two equipments
B. two pieces of equipments
C. two pieces of equipment
D. two equipment pieces
33. --- Where have you been?
--- I‘ve been to________.
A. the Turners
B. the Turner‘s
C. Mr. Turners‘
D. the Turners‘
34. Many children have to see the films for________(
A. grown-up
B. growns-up
C. grown-ups
D. growns-ups
35. I told about some of the terrible ________ I had had in the war.
A. experience
B. experiences
C. experiencing
D. experienced things
36. The table is only ________ high.
A. two-foot
B. two foot
- 95 -
C. two-feet
D. two feet
37. These days I employed two ________ in my house.
A. man-servants
B. men-servant
C. man-servant
D. men-servants
38. That‘ s________.
A. James and Charles father
B. James and Charles‘s father
C. James‘s and Charles‘s father
D. James‘s and Charles father
39. ________ is published daily.
A. Time
B. Times
C. The Time
D. The Times
40. There are many ________ in big ________.
A. ladies driver; citys
B. lady drivers; cities
C. ladies drivers, cities
D. ladies driver; city
参考答案:
一、
1、B 2、A
3、C stomach(胃)虽是,ch‖结尾，但其发音为[k]，所以加,s‖，不用
加,es‖。
4、C 5、A roof, chief, gulf, belief等词的复数形式，直接加,s‖。
6、C 7、A 名词作定语一般不用复数。8、B
9、A 根据句意，打破的应是杯子，而不是茶;名词作定语表类别不用加,‘s‖。
10、B 11、D 12、B 13、C 14、C 15、A
16、D 根据上句，此处应是史密斯太太的衬衫。
17、D 18、C 19、D a stone‘s throw是固定短语，意为,近在咫尺‖。
20、B 此句中Peter作动名词sailing的所有格，本应用Peter‘s，但因其在动
词后作宾语，所以可用宾格，因此B为正确答案。
二、1~20: CADCB
DDCDC
- 96 -
DAADC
DDABA
21~40: BBCDA
BBBAD
ACDCB
DABDB
第二章 代词
一、基础练习
1.—— Which of the two dictionaries will you borrow ?
——I‘ll borrow _____ , for the different uses.
A.all B.both C.either D.neither
2._____ of them knew about the plan because it was kept a secret.
A.Each B.Any C.No one D.None
3.We couldn‘t eat in a restaurant because _____ of us had _____ money on us.
A.all ;no B.any ;no C.none ;any D.no one ;any
4.They were all very tired ,but _____ of them would stop to take a rest.
A.neither B.none C.some D.any
5.There is a No.2 trolleybus and a No.24 bus ;_____ will take you there.
A.both B.either C.all D.any
6.As we were asleep ,_____ of us heard the sound.
A.both B.none C.either D.any
7.—— Which of the five may I use ? —— Oh , ____.
A.any one B.anyone C.anything D.nothing
8.——Are the two answers correct ? ——No ,_____ correct.
A.no one is B.both are not C.neither is D.either is not
9.I asked him for some oil ,but he hadn‘t _____.
A.any B.some C.no D.anything
10.You have three English dictionaries ,but I have only two _____.
A.ones B.不填 C.the one D.the ones
11.I have a colour TV set.I want to sell ____.
A.one B.the one C.that D.it
12.This film is not so good as _____ we saw last week.
A.that B.it C.the one D.one
13._____ of us must go there and help him out.
A.One or other B.One by one
C.One or the other D.One or another
14.We all felt _____ to be the highest praise.
A.it B.that C.that one D.the one
15.Haven‘t you read _____ English storices ?Please tell us an interesting one.
A.any B.all C.either D.some
16.—— Would you like _____ dumplings ? —— No,thanks.
A.some B.another C.any D.all
17.If there is _____ chance ,I will try another.
- 97 -
A.one B.any C.some D.all
18.—— Are _____ here to take the college entrance exam ? —— Yes ,we _____.
A.all you ;are all B.you all ;all are
C.all of you ;are all D.you of all ;all are
19.Mr Green gave the textbooks to all the pupils except _____ who had already
taken them.
A.one B.the ones C.some D.the others
20.—— Have you ever seen a snake alive ? —— Yes , I‘ve seen _____.
A.that B.so C.one D.it
21.— Lily , do you have an umbrella ?It is raining outside. —Yes ,but it‘s _____.
A.small one B.small umbrella C. only a small one D.that one
22.Tom‘s mother kept telling him that he should work hard ,but _____ didn‘ t help
A.this B.which C.any D.it
23.—— Have you got _____ red ink ? —— Sorry ,I haven‘t got _____.
A.some ;some B.any ;many C.some ;any D.any ;some
24.I prefer a street in a small town to _____ in such a large city as Shanghai.
A.that B.it C.this D.one
25.Sarad has read a lot of stories by American writers.Now she would like to read _____ stories by writers from _____ countries.
A.some ;any B.other ;some C.some ;other D.other ;other
26.—— Is _____ here ?—— No ,Bob and Tim have asked for leave.
A.anybody B.somebody C.everybody D.nobody
27.Our headmaster advised us that in order to succeed in life ,one has to be honest with _____ friends. D.our A.their B.her C.one‘s
28.I borrowed some books _____ myself ,but when I was going to read them ,the lamp went out _____ itself and I had to sit in the dark _____ myself.
A.不填;for;by B.by;for;of C.for;of;by D.of;不填;by
29.When I first saw the old farmer ,I could hardly imagine _____ invented the machine to pick cotton.
A.himself B.he himself C.he for himself D.he by himself
30.It is impossible for all the people to get the job ,because _____ of them are not fit for it.
A.all of B.none of C.each of D.every one of
二、提高练习
1. Let _____ promise not to quarrel about such an unimportant matter any more.
A. you and I B. I and you C. yours and me D. you and me
2. ___ is ___ family that the villagers all admire it.
A. It, such an united B. His, such a united C. Her‘s, so united a
D. Theirs, so an united
3. --- Are you going to buy the blue shoes?
--- No, I like ___ red ones over there.
A. these B. those C. this D. their
4. --- I feel a bit hungry? --- Why don‘t you have ___ bread?
A. any B. little C. some D. a
5. --- Have you a color TV? --- Yes, I have a good ___.
- 98 -
A. it B. one C. that D. ones
6. --- I dislike ____ when others laugh at me in public or speak ill of me behind. --- So do I.
A. them B. those C. it D. that
7. Is this skirt ___ she likes best?
A. one B. that C. the one D. which
8. --- How many elephants did you see? --- ________.
A. None B. No one C. Not many ones D. No many
9. I‘d rather ride a bike as bike riding has ____ of the trouble of taking buses.
A. much B. all C. neither D. none
10. She was left alone, with ___ to look after her.
A. someone B. anyone C. not one D. no one
11. ___ of us knows the reason why winter is colder than summer.
A. Every one B. Everyone C. Someone D. All
12. Some people are against the plan, but ___ support it.
A. many more B. much more C. no more D. any more
13. Mary and Jones have arrived, but ____ students in the class aren‘t here yet.
A. other B. the other C. the others D. others
14. The street is beautiful, for there are trees on ___.
A. neither side B. either side C. both side D. all sides
15. --- Which of the two Italian films do you like better?
--- ____, because they are meaningless.
A. Both B. Either C. None D. Neither
16. The thieves fled the town separately, ____ carrying a bag.
A. all B. each C. every D. either
17. ____ an English Chinese dictionary.
A. The students each have B. The students each has
C. Each the student has D. Each of the student has
18. He comes to see his aunt ___ three weeks.
A. every B. each C. any D. per
19. Where shall we be in _____ ten years?
A. other B. that C. another D. nothing
20. Was it during the Second World War __ he died?
A. that B. while C. in which D. then
21. Canada is larger than ____ country in Asia.
A. any B. any other C. other D. another
22. Does ___ matter if he can‘t finish the job on time?
A. this B. that C. he D. it
23. ___ wrong going in by the back door.
A. I‘m B. It‘s C. That‘s D. We‘re
24. We played several matches against the visitors, but unfortunately lost ____.
A. one‘s B. every one C. everyone D. someone
25. I bought them _____.
A. an each ice cream B. an every ice cream
- 99 -
C. each an ice cream D. each ice cream
26. I don‘t know which book is better, I shall read ___.
A. all B. both C. more D. none
27. New English-Chinese Dictionary has been republished several times, ____ more up to date than the last edition.
A. any B. everyone C. either D. each
28. After paying 1,000 dollars ____, you‘ll all become full members of our club.
A. each B. all C. every D. both
29. ____ was her cruelty that we all hated her.
A. It B. What C. That D. Such
30. Mary has been ill in bed for a week. I wonder if she is ____ better now.
A. much B. some C. any D. very
31. — Which of these two ties will you take?
— I don‘t like these. Do you have any_____?
A. one B. other C. ones D. others
32. I need some blue ink today but there is ____ at hand.
A. not B. nothing C. a little D. none
33. — Shall we introduce ____ fire-fighting equipment from abroad?
— Go ahead, if necessary.
A. other B. a few more C. another D. some other
34. I‘ve just seen no more than one copy of Gone with the Wind in the bookshop opposite. Tom, go and buy ____ back.
A. one B. any C. it D. some
35. Cut the apple into halves so that the twins may each get ____ half.
A. every B. each C. another D. either
36. The children were catching butterflies in the garden. Some caught a lot, and others caught ____ at all.
A. nothing B. none C. no one D. neither
37. — Is he content to accept our offered price?
— Yes. He cares more about the quality. Money is ____ to him.
A. everything B. anything C. nothing D. something
38. — I love you more than her, child.
— You mean more than ___ love her or more than she loves ____ ?
A. you, me B. I. you C. you, you D. I, me
39. Surely it‘s ___ with the big nose you mean, not ____!
A. he, I B. him, me C. him, I D. he, me
40. ___ of us can do everything, but all of us can do ___ .
A. None, something B. Some, everything C. Few, something
D. Few, nothing
参考答案:一、1,5 B D C B B 6,10 B A C A B 11,15 D C A B D
16,20 A B B B
C 21,25 C D C D C 26,30 C C C B A
二、1-10: DBBCB CCADD 11-20: AABBD BAACA
21-30: ADBBC BDADC 31-40: DDDCD BCABA
- 100 -
第三章 形容词和副词
一、基础练习
1. If I had,,,, I‘d visit Europe, stopping at all the small interesting places.
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday
C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
2. These oranges taste,,,. A. good B. well C. to be good D. to be well
3. How beautifully she sings! I have never heard,,,.
A. the better voice B. a good voice C. the best voice D. a better voice
4. I‘d be,,,, if you could give me an early reply.
A. pleasant B. grateful C. satisfied D. helpful
5. Those T-shirts are usually ,35 each, but today they have a (an),,,price of
,19 in the shopping center.
A. regular B. special C. cheap D. ordinary
6. Mr Smith bought a,,,purse for his wife.
A. small black leather B. black leather small C. small leather black D. black small
leather
7. —— How was your job interview?
—— Oh, I couldn‘t feel,,,. I hardly found proper answers to most of the questions they asked.
A. better B. easier C. worse D. happier
8. Longjing tea, Jasmine tea and Wuyi tea are all famous,but which do you think,
,,,,?
A. tastes best B. smells most C. sounds best D. drinks mostly
9. —— Can Li Hua help me with my English?
—— I regret to tell you her English is,,,,,yours.
A. as good as B. no more than C. no better than D. as much as
10. Although he sometimes loses his temper, his students like him,,,,,for it.
A. not so much B. not so little C. no more D. no less
11. When they came in, Mr Harris,,,,,,like a baby.
Nobody would like to wake him from a good dream,because he needed rest.
A. fell asleep B. was sound asleep C. got asleep D. went to sleep
12. This year they have produced,,, grain ,,,they did last year.
A. as less; as B. as few; as C. less; than D. fewer; than
13. —— Can I help you?
—— Well, I‘m afraid the box is,,,heavy for you,but thank you all the same.
A. so B. much C. very D. too
14. —— How did you find your visit to the museum?
—— I thoroughly enjoy it. It was,,,,,than I expected.
A. far more interesting B. even much interesting
C. so far interesting D. a lot much interesting
15. —— Would you like some wine?—— Yes, just,,,,,.
A. little B. very little C. a little D. little bit
16. It takes a long time to go there by train; it‘s ,,,,by road.
A. quick B. the quickest C. much quick D. quicker
17. If there were no examinations, we should have,,,at school.
A. the happiest time B. a more happier timeC. much happiest time D. a much
happier time - 101 -
18. I‘m surprised that you should have been fooled by such a(an),,,,,trick.
A. ordinary B. easy C. smart D. simple
19. The salesman showed her several bags and she chose,,,one as she didn‘t
want to spend too much money on it.
A. the less expensive B. less expensive C. the least expensive D. least expensive
20. ,,,,,box cannot be lifted by a boy of five.
A. So a heavy B. So heavy a C. A such heavy D. Such heavy a
21. If the manager had to choose between the two, he would say John was ,,,
choice.
A. good B. the best C. better D. the better
22. It was,,,,,late to catch a bus after the party, there fore we called a taxi.
A. too very B.much too C. too much D. far
23. Greenland, ,,,,,island in the world, covers even two million square kilometers.
A. it is the largest B. that is the largest C. is the largest D. the largest
24. —— Mum, I think I‘m ,,,,, to get back to school.
—— Not really, my dear. You‘d better stay at home for another day or two.
A. so well B. so good C. well enough D. good enough
25. Dracula and Frankenstein are,,,,,film characters.
A. frighten B. frightened C. frightening D. frightenly
26. When they heard the bad news, they all looked,,at the master and felt quite,,.
A. sad; sad B. sadly; sadly C. sad; sadly D. sadly; sad
27. The storm kept me,,,,,all through the night.
A. awake B. awoke C. awaked D.awoken
28. —— What do you think of the concert?—— Oh, it was,,,,,success.
A. a very B. quite a C .so D. really
29. My,,,,,brother is two years,,,,,than I.
A. older; older B. elder; older C. older; elder D. elder; elder
30. I haven‘t seen,,,,,this since I collected stamps.
A. as old a stamp as B. so an old stamp as C. stamp as old as D. as an old stamp as
二、提高练习
1. To plant the tree, we must dig _____.
A. a three feet deep hole B. three-foot-deep a hole
C. a hole three feet deep D. a three-feet-deep hole
2. I think he is one of the best men you‘ve ____ found.
A, never B. already C. ever D. once
3. ____ the boy‘s grown! He is almost ___ his father.
A. What, as tall as B. What, taller than C. How, as tall as D. How, taller than
4. I haven‘t got ____ nails to mend the cupboard. I need another three of them.
A. enough big B. big enough C. much bigger D. many enough
5. Henry knows little of physics _________ of chemistry.
A. as well as B. no less than C. and still more D. and still less
6. — The dish is delicious!
— Well, at least it‘s ___ the one I cooked yesterday.
A. as bad as B. no worse than C. as well as D. no better than - 102 -
7. — Do you think the weather is good enough for a picnic?
— Yes. You couldn‘t hope for ____ at this time of the year.
A. a nice day B. the nice day C. a nicer day D. the nicest day
8. It makes Thomas no better, and it makes you ____
A. best B. good C. well D. worse
9. With the help of the new equipment, our factories produced ___ VCD players in 2000 as the year before.
A. as many as twice B. twice more than C. as twice many D. twice as many
10. I had invited 50 guests to the party, but actually twice ____ came.
A. more than B. as many C. as much D. less than
11. — Why didn‘t you go to the cinema last night?
— It was something ____ interesting.
A. far less B. more or less C. much more D. any further
12. The population of many Alaskan cities has _____ doubled in the past five years.
A. larger than B. more than C. as greatly as D. as much as
13. — This is a good place for a picnic.
— Yes, it couldn‘t be ____ .
A. better B. best C. worst D. worse
14. — How do you like your teacher of English?
— Well, no one teaches _____ here.
A. well B. poorly C. best D. better
15. In the poor parts of America‘s big cities there is a lot of crime, _____ .
A. and much of it is serious B. much of it is serious
C. and many more is serious D. more of it is serious
16. — Do you like cats?
— Of course. They are ____ a kind of pet. They can do much good for their masters.
A. better than B. more than C. no more than D. no better than
17. The newly-built theatre is ____ the old one.
A. as twice big as B. twice more bigger than
C. twice the size of D. twice so big as
18. I‘m afraid that your conclusion is ____ from correct.
A. far B. free C. different D. short
19. Thank you very much. It‘s ____ of you.
A. kindest B. a most kind C. the most kind D. most kind
20. Whoever is never _____ with the progress he has made will be a success.
A. content B. proud C. praised D. enough
21. My teacher has three brothers, all _____ than he. George, _____, is an officer.
A. elder, the eldest B. old, the oldest C. elder, the old one D. older, the eldest
22. You shouldn‘t be too ___ about things you are not supposed to know.
A. strange B. amusing C. curious D. conscious
23. The new research team was led by the ____ engineer.
A. main B. major C. chief D. primary
- 103 -
24. These T-shirts are usually $ 35 each but today they have a ___ price of $19 in the shopping centre.
A. regular B. special C. cheap D. particular
25. It is a good way for us to memorize new words by seeing them_____.
A. properly B. repeatedly C. clearly D. usually
26. — Why did she spend so much time searching shop after shop for a blouse?
— Oh, she was very ____ about her clothes,
A. special B. particular C. especial D. unusual
27. Football fans are _____ young people between the ages of fifteen and twenty.
A. most B. almost C. mostly D. at most
28. It‘s very _____ to let the old have seats on the bus.
A. thoughtful B. useful C. careful D. funny
29. — Mr. Zhang, can I talk to you ____ about my composition?
— Sure. How about Thursday afternoon?
A. somewhere B. somehow C. sometime D. sometimes
30. The early train is ____ to leave at five in the morning.
A. possible B. due C. probable D. sure
31. He enjoys a cup of coffee sometimes, but ____ he drinks tea.
A. most B. almost C. nearly D. mostly
32. It‘s _____ necessary for people to know the importance of protecting all the wildlife.
A. very B. rather C. quite D. too
33. These plastic flowers look so ___ that many people think they are real.
A. natural B. similar C. splendid D. fresh
34. — How can I get to the island?
— You can‘ t get there ___ by swimming.
A. more than B. other than C. rather than D. less than
35. Of the two pictures, the left one looks ______ at a distance.
A. the better B. the best C. a little good D. better
36. If you wish to study hard, you must see films _____.
A. more often B. oftener C. less often D. fewer often
37. — Let‘s take a walk before lunch. — Oh, I think it‘s _____ for walking.
A. much too hot B. too much hot C. very much hot D. very much heat
38. I bought a _____ table the day before yesterday.
A. small round wooden B. small wooden round
C. round wooden small D. round small wooden
39. It was a wonder that _____ little food saved _____ many lives during the war.
A. so, such B. such, so C. so, so D. such, such
40. Nurses are required to look after _____.
A. sick and wound B. sick and wounded
C. the sick and wound D. the sick and wounded
参考答案:
一、1.A2.A 3.D4.B5.B6.A7.C8.A9.C10.D
11.B12.C13.D14.A
- 104 -
15.C。用a little表示,少许‖。
16.D。题意为,乘火车去那儿要花很长时间;乘汽车更快些。‖
17.D。题意为,假如没有考试的话，我们在学校就会更快乐。‖暗含比较的意
味，故选D。
18.D。题意为,你竟然被这么一个简单的花招所骗，真令我吃惊。‖trick,计
谋，花招，诡计‖。
19.C。题意为,因为她不想花太多的钱买袋子，故挑了一个最便宜的。‖
20.B。表示,如此重的箱子‖可以用,so heavy a box‖或,such a heavy box‖。
21.D。两者中较好的一个应用the，better。
22.B。本题为,too...to‖ 结构;much too修饰形容词、副词，而 too much修
饰不可数名词或单独使用。
23.D。the largest island in the world为Greenland的同位语。
24.C。表示,身体健康的‖用well。
25.C。表示,令人感到恐怖的‖，用frightening;表示,(人)感到恐怖的‖，
用frightened。
26.D。修饰look at用sadly;feel为系动词，用sad作表语。
27.A。awake是形容词作宾补。
28.B。quite a , quite some用以指人或物不寻常，如We had quite a party.(我们
的聚会不一般。)It must be quite some car.(那辆车可不比寻常。)
29.B。指兄弟姐妹中,年长的、年龄较大的‖用elder;而表示,年龄比……大‖
则用older。
30.A。表示,象这么旧的邮票‖可用以 下形式表达:as old a stamp as this; a
stamp as old as this; 否定句中前一个as可用so。
二、1-10: CCCAD BCDDB 11-20: ABADA BCADA
21-30: DCCBB BCACB 31-40: DCABA CAACD
第四章 数词
选择填空
1. 265 is ____________.
A.two hundreds and sixty – five B.two hundred and sixty – five
C.two and sixty – five D.two hundreds sixty five
2. ______ , there will be _______ on the streets, taking part in the celebration.
A.October1; millions people B.In October first; millions people
C.On October the first; millions of people D.On October one; million people
3. He has been here for _______.
A.one and a half months B.one and the half months
C.one and a half month D.one and a half of month
4. The red shoes cost ___________.
A.one pound and a half of pound B.one and a half pound
C.one pound and a half D.one pound and half a pound
5. This took place in ______.
A. a 1030‘s B. 1930s C. the 1930s
‘ D. the 1930s
6. The hero of the story is an artist in his ______.
A. thirtieth B. thirty C. thirty‘s
D. thirties
7. After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced _______ tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A.as twice many B.as many twice C.twice as many D.twice many as - 105 -
8. This river is _____ that one.
A.as three times long as B.the third time as
C.three times the length of D.three times longer
9. We arrived in London on _____.
A.June seventeen B.June the seventeen
C.The seventeenth of June D.seventeenth of June
10. We are to take up (开始学习) ______ to day.
A.the Eleventh Lesson B.Eleventh Lesson
C.The Lesson Eleven D.Lesson the Eleven
11. We are going to learn ________ next week.
A.Lesson Twelve B.Lesson Twelfth C.Twelfth Lesson D.The Lesson Twelfth
12. _______ were blown down in the storm.
A.Score of tree B.Scores of trees C.Score of trees D.Scores of tree
13. He sold _____ of the magazine this afternoon.
A.three dozen copy B.three dozens copy
C.three dozen copies D.three dozens copies
14. The librarian asked him to return the book _______.
A.in one day or two B.for one or two days
C.within one day or two days D.in a day or two
15. We heard that he could swim ______ under the water.
A.one minute or two B.one or two minutes
C.two minutes or one D.two or one minute
16. Two _____ died of cold last winter.
A.hundreds old people B.hundred old people
C.hundreds old peoples D.hundred old peoples
17. --,How many chairs are there in the room?‖ --,_______‖
A.Are four B.Are five chairs there C.There‘s one
D.There‘s a chair
19. He is a student of _______.
A.Class First B.the Class One C.Class One D.First Class
20. About ______ of the workers in the steel workers are young people.
A.third – fifths B.three – fifths C.three – fives
D.three – fifth
21. ,The ______ Night‖ is a well – known play by Shakespeare.
A.Twelve B.Twelveth C.Twelfth D.Twelvth
22. Oct.1,1989 is ______ anniversary (周年纪念) of the founding of the People‘s
Republic of China. A.the forth B.the fourtieth C.the fortieth D.fourty
23. One – fourth of an hour is ______.
A.25. minutes B.15 minute C.30 minutes D.a quarter
24. Three – fourths of the surface of the earth ______ sea.
A. is B. are C.were D. has been
25. About eleven percent of the population in the United States _____ black.
A. is B. are C. were D. will be
26. Several ______ ago, our country was covered by thick forestes.
A.million of year B.million year C.millions years D.millions of - 106 -
years
27. There were seven ______ Negroes working on the farm.
A.hundreds B.hundred of C.hundreds of D.hundred
28. A new ____ building will be completed soon.
A.twenty – storey‘s B.twenty – storeys‘ C.twenty – stories D.twenty
– storeyed
29. My grandpa is studying Japanese, though he is ______.
A.in his eighty B.over eighty C.more than eighties D.in eighties
30. Are there seats for us ____?
A. the third B. three C. third D. the three
31. I suppose you‘ll have to do it a ______ time.
A. three B. the third C. third D. three
32. Have you ever been to that ______ book- store?
A.a second – hand B.two – hand C.the second – hand D.second –
hand
33. Beijing is ____ largest city in China.
A. the second B. a second C. second D. the two
34. This is a ____ factory.
A.five – hundred – worker B.five – hundred – workers
C.five – hundreds – workers D.five – hundred –
worker‘s
35. My son‘s birthday is in ______ time.
A.three – weeds B.three week‘s C.three-week D.three weeks‘
36. He made a _____ table.
A.four leg‘s B.four – leg C.four – legged
D.four – leggs
37. I don‘t know _______ number of his house is.
A. how much B. how many C. how D. what
38. ______ is five times four?
A.How much B.How many C.What
D.How
39. If you want to go to the post office, take _______.
A.Bus Number the Six B.Bus Number Six C.Number Six Bus D.Six Number Bus
40. I‘ve seen it _______.
A.hundred times B.hundreds of time C.hundreds of times D.hundred of times
41. 1/18 written in English is ________.
A.one – eighteens B.one – eighteenth C.eighteenths – one
D.one- eighteenths
42. There are ______ students in our class.
A.fortieth B.fourty C.fiftieth
D.fifty
43. Choose the wrong one:
A.a four – hour trip B.two five – year planC.a four – act play D.a million –
pound note
44. Choose the wrong one:
A.every two days B.every second days C.every few days D.every other day
45. ______ work has been done to improve the people‘s living standard.
A.Many B.A great many C.A large number of D.A great - 107 -
deal of
46. We‘ve ______ of time to do the work.
A. very much B. enough C. great deal D. plenty
47. Squirrels have _____ secret food for the winter. They hide ______ nuts inside trees.
A.lots of ; plenty of B.a large number of; many
C.a large amount of ; a great deal of D.quantities of ; much
48. You can‘t have him go to the party with you. He has ______ things to do.
A. good many B. a lot C. many a D. a good many
49. I‘ve acquired (获得) ______ knowledge from this reference book.
A.much B.many C.a great number of D.lot of
50. He has been waiting for his mother for _______.
A. an hour and a half B. one and a half hour
C. one and half an hour D. one and half hours
答案:1~5 BCACD 6~10 DCCCA 11~15 ABCDB 16~20 BCACB 21~25 CCDAB
DDDBB 31~35 CDAAD 36~40
CDABC
41~45 BDBBD 46~50 DADAA 26~30
第五章 情态动词
一、基础练习
1.He ___ have completed his work; otherwise, he wouldn‘t be enjoying himself by the seaside.
A. should B. must C. wouldn‘t D. can‘t
2. I _____ have been more than six years old when the accident happened.
A. shouldn‘t B. couldn‘t C. mustn‘t D. needn‘t
3. This cake is very sweet. You ____ a lot of sugar in it.
A. should put B. could have put C. might put D. must have put
4. He paid for a seat, when he ____ have entered free.
A. could B. would C. must D. need
5. I was on the highway when his car went past followed by a police car. They ____ at least 150 kilometers an hour.
A. should have been doing B. must have been doing
C. could have done D. would have done
6. - Tom is never late for work. Why is he absent today?
-- Something __________ to him.
A. must happen B. should have happened
C. could have happened D. must have happened
7. - Do you know where David is? I couldn‘t find him anywhere.
-- Well. He _______ have gone far-his coat is still here.
A. shouldn‘t B. mustn‘t C. can‘t D. wouldn‘t
8. -Lucy doesn‘t mind lending you her dictionary.
-- She __________. I‘ve already borrowed one.
- 108 -
A. can‘t B. mustn‘t C. needn‘t D. shouldn‘t
9. --- Catherine, I have cleaned the room for you.
--- Thanks. You _____ it. I could manage it myself.
A. needn‘t do B. needn‘t have done
C. mustn‘t do D. shouldn‘t have done
10. There________ be any difficulty in passing the road test since you have
practised a lot in the driving school.
A. mustn‘t B. shan‘t C. shouldn‘t D. needn‘t
11. ---- The woman biologist stayed in Africa studying wild animals for 13 years
before she returned.
----Oh, dear! She ________ a lot of difficulties!
A. may go though B. might go through
C. ought to have gone through D. must have gone though
12. ----I‘ve taken someone else‘s green sweater by mistake.
----It ______ Harry‘s. He always wears green.
A. has to be B. will be C. mustn‘t be D. could be
13. Helen _______ go on the trip with us, but she isn‘t quite sure yet.
A. shall B. must C. may D. can
14. If I ________ plan to do anything I wanted to, I‘d like to go to Tibet and travel
through as much of it as possible.
A. would B. could C have to D. ought to
15. You might just as well tell the manufacturer that male customers_____ not like
the design of the furniture.
A. must B. shall C. may D. need
16. ----Who is the girl standing over there?
---- Well, if you ______ know, her name is Mabel.
A. may B. can C. must D. shall
17. Children under 12 years of age in that country______ be under adult supervision
when in a public library.
A. must B. may C. can D. need
18. "The interest ______ be divided into five parts, according to the agreement made by both sides," declared the judge.
A. may B. should C. must D. shall
19. ---- I‘ll tell Mary about her new job tomorrow.
----You _______ her last week.
A. ought to tell B. would have told
C. must tell D. should have told
20. I ______ pay Tom a visit, but I‘m not sure whether I will have time this Sunday.
A. should B. might C. would D. could
21. ----I don‘t mind telling you what I know.
----You ________. I‘m not asking you for it.
A. mustn‘t B. may not C. can‘t D. needn‘t
22. ----Excuse me, but I want to use your computer to type a report.
----You________ have my computer if you don‘t take care of it.
- 109 -
A. shan‘t B. might not C. needn‘t D. shouldn‘t
23. ----Excuse me. Is that the right way to the Summer Palace?
----Sorry, I‘m not sure, but it ______ be.
A. might B. will C. must D. can
24. ----Mum, I‘ve been studying English since 8 o‘clock. ________ I go out and play with Tom for a while?
----No, I‘m afraid not. Besides, it‘s raining outside now.
A. can‘t B. wouldn‘t C. may not D. won‘t
25. I often see lights in that empty house. Do you think I _____report it to the police?
A. should B. may C. will D. can
26. Mr. White_______ at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn‘t show up.
A. should have arrived B. should arrive
C. should have had arrived D. should be arriving
27. You ________ be tired-you‘ve only been working for an hour.
A. must not B. won‘t C. can‘t D. may not
二、提高练习
1(--- Shall I tell John about it?
--- No, you ______. I‘ve told him already.
A. needn‘t B. wouldn‘t C. mustn‘t D.
shouldn‘t
2. --- There were already five people in the car, but they managed to take me as well.
--- It ______ a comfortable journey.
A. can‘t be B. shouldn‘t be
C. mustn‘t have been D. couldn‘t have been
3. --- Why didn‘t you come to see me?
--- I ______, but I was too busy yesterday.
A. like to B. should like to
C. would like to have D. am going to
4. You can‘t imagine that a well-behaved gentleman ______ be so rude to a lady.
A. might B. need C. should
D. would
5. There was plenty of time; she ______.
A. mustn‘t have hurried B. needn‘t have hurried
C. may not have hurried D. wouldn‘t have hurried
6. --- Is John coming by air?
--- He should, but ______ not. He likes taking trains.
A. must B. can C. need D. may
7. --- ______ it be Li Ping who broke the glass?
--- No. It ______ be Wang Hai who did it.
A. Could; may B. Can; can C. May; must D. Can; must
8. When the old man was alive, he ______ sit for hours at the door.
A. would B. could C. must D. might
9. Jack, you ______ play with the knife; you ______ hurt yourself.
A. won‘t; can‘t B. mustn‘t; may C. shouldn‘t; must
D. can‘t; should
10. I‘ve decided to take the job and I ______ change my mind.
- 110 -
A. mustn‘t B. can‘t C. won‘t D.
may not
11. She ______ into the thick forest alone on such a dark night.
A. dares not go B. dares not to go
C. dare not to go D. doesn‘t dare to go
12. My parents never remember my telephone number, and they always ______ look it up.
A. must B. can C. should D. have to
13. --- Where is Jack? I can‘t find him anywhere.
--- He ______ his homework upstairs.
A. might have done B. must have done C. might be doing D. must do
14. He ______ you more help, even though he was very busy.
A. might have given B. might give C. may have given D. may give
15. --- If he ______, he ______ that food.
--- Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.
A. was warned; would not take B. had been warned; would not have taken
C. would be warned; had not taken D. would have been warned; had not taken
16. --- I hear you‘ve got a set of valuable Australian coins. ____I have a look ? --- Yes, certainly.
A. Do B. May C. Shall D. Should
17. — When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
— They be ready by 12:00.
A. can B. should C. might D. need
18. I___ such a mistake again.
A. will never make B. shall never make
C. can never do D. need never do
19. He began to write two hours ago. He ______ have finished the article now.
A. must B. ought C. would D. had to
20. Looking at my determined face, the big boy ______ pick up the fight.
A. dares not B. dare not C. doesn‘t dare D. dares not to
21. — You know that you were driving 100 km an hour, don‘t you?
— No officer, I ____. This car doesn‘t do more than 80.
A. may not have been B. couldn‘t have been
C. mustn‘t have been D. shouldn‘t have been
22. I think he could have joined us, but he ____
A. doesn‘t B. did C. didn‘t D. couldn‘t
23. — Why ____ it rain now? I ____ go to the concert at 7.
— What a pity!
A. can, might not B. should, needn‘t C. must, can‘t D. need, mustn‘t
24. He was caught in the rain last night. That _____ his cold.
A. can bring about B. ought to bring about
C. should have brought about D. may have brought about
25. — Did you visit the famous museum?
— No, we ___, but we spent too much time shopping.
A. could have visited B. must have visited
- 111 -
C. can‘ t have visited D. shouldn‘t have visited
26. — You must phone us every week.
— Yes, I _____.
A. must B. have to C. will D. should
27. Don‘t throw the bottles away. They ____ in the future.
A. may need B. are needed C. can be needing D. might be needed
28. English is a language that many people around the world ____ not speak perfectly but ___ at least understand.
A. may, can B. would, might C. will, must D. could, might
29. — I wonder why Mr. Wang didn‘t attend the lecture.
— He ____ another one.
A. could have B. must have C. might have had D. should have had
30. He was taken away by the police. He ___ for a robber.
A. must be mistaken B. was being mistaken C. must mistake D. must have been mistaken
31. — I wonder if I ____ smoke here.
— No, you _______. Could you see the sign "No Smoking" there?
A. can, needn‘t B. shall, won‘t C. must, can‘t D.
may, mustn‘t
32. — I haven‘t seen Mr. White for weeks.
— What _____ to him?
A. must have happened B. may have happened
C. can have happened D. may happen
33. — I didn‘t go to work yesterday afternoon because my car broke down.
— You ________ mine. I wasn‘t using it.
A. might borrow B. could have borrowed
C. can have borrowed D. ought to borrow
34. — A man answered the phone. I suppose it was her husband.
— It ___ her husband. He has been dead for ages.
A. mustn‘t be B. couldn‘t have been C. may not have been D. mustn‘t have been
35. Considering that Tom always did well in all his subjects, he ____ in the final exam.
A. mustn‘t fail B. couldn‘t have failed C. ought not to fail
D. mustn‘t have failed
36. She ___ the hospital so soon, for she has not yet recovered.
A. wouldn‘t have left B. shouldn‘t have left
C. mustn‘t have left D. didn‘t have to leave
37. — I promise her daughter ____ get a nice present on her birthday.
— Will it be a big surprise to her?
A. should B. must C. would D. shall
38. — What‘s wrong with your pen‘?
— The ink ____ come out.
A. can‘t B. doesn‘t C. hasn‘t D. won‘ t
39. "Whatever you want, you _____ have it on condition that you get the best result." said the boss.
- 112 -
A. would B. ought to C. shall D. could
40. Tom, you are so lazy! This work ___ hours ago.
A. should finish B. must have finished
C. should have been finished D. might have finished
参考答案:
一、1-5 BBDAB 6-10 DCCBC 11-15 DDCBC
16-20 CADDA 21-25 DAAAA 26-27 AC
二、
1 – 20: ADCCB DDABC DDCAB BBAAB
21 – 40: BCCDA CDACD DCBBB BDDCC
第六章 动词的时态
用所给单词的适当时态形式填空
1. He __________ back a month ago. (come)
2. My mother often tells me __________ in bed. (not read)
3. I must take it back the day after tomorrow. You can only __________ it for 24
hours. (保存)
4. Why have you kept me __________ here for so long a time? (wait)
5. Please come to our meeting if you __________ free tomorrow. (be)
6. She __________ to the Great Wall several times. (goes)
7. In his letter, he said that he __________ us very much. (miss)
8. The film __________ for nearly fifteen minutes when I got to the cinema. (be)
9. He said he became __________ in physics. (interest)
10. This film is worth __________. (see)
11. He went to school instead of __________ home. (go)
12. In the old days it was difficult for the poor to __________ a job. (找)
13. It‘s cold outside, so you‘d better __________ your coat. (穿上)
14. He is hungry. Please give him something __________. (eat)
15. Please don‘t waste time __________ TV every evening. You should word hard
at English. (watch)
16. We found the window __________. (break)
17. You have dropped your pencil. __________. (拾起来)
18. Mother often tells me __________ too late. (not come home)
19. You had better __________ by bus, or you will be late. (go)
20. I will __________ Li Ming the good news as soon as I see him. (告诉)
21. Great changes __________ in our country since 1978. (take place)
22. I __________ my daughter since last month. (hear from)
23. It __________ me two days to write the article. (花费)
24. Don‘t touch that __________ child. (sleep)
25. Every time he tried to start the car, the wheels __________ deepersintosthe mud.
(sink)
26. When I got home, I found that my room __________ breaksintosand a lot of things __________. (steal)
27. If I had arrived there earlier, I __________ him. (meet)
- 113 -
28. I didn‘t remember __________ her the book before. (give)
29. He called at every door, __________ people the exciting news. (tell)
30. Yesterday Mary couldn‘t finish her homework, so she has to go on __________
it this afternoon. (do)
31. We __________ football when it began to rain. We had to stop and go home. (play)
32. Xiao Lin __________ from here for about two hours. (be away)
33.swheres__________? Can you find your birth place on the map?
Sorry, I can‘t. (be born)
34. Last night we __________ back home until the teacher left school. (not go)
35. Comrade Li Dazhao __________ in prison in 1927. (put)
36.swheresis professor Lee?
He __________ to the library. He‘ll come back soon. (go)
37. We could not help __________ after we heard the story. (laugh)
38. Would you please __________ me an English-Chinese dictionary when you come? (bring)
39. He told me that he __________ the Great Wall the year before. (visit)
40. I‘ll tell him the news as soon as he __________ back. (come)
41. The boy __________ by the door is my brother. (stand)
42. Do you remember __________ the film last year? (see)
43. There __________ a physics test next Monday. (be)
44. __________ I finish my homework in class? (必须)
No, you needn‘t.
45. I‘m sorry you‘ve missed the last bus. It __________ ten minutes ago. (leave)
46. Wei Fang is heard __________ English every morning. (hear)
47. John stopped __________ a rest (have) because he __________ for three hours. (work)
48. I‘m sorry to have kept you __________. (wait)
49. A new theatre __________ now. (build)
50. The boys __________ basketball on the playground are my classmates. (play)
51. I regretted answering like that, I was sorry __________ so. (do)
52. Can‘t you see I‘m busy __________? (cook)
53. He __________ worried when comingsintosthe teacher‘s office. (look)
54. __________ some beef! (随便吃点)
55. It‘s a great shame for me __________ in front of so many people. (laugh at)
答案:1. came 2. not to read 3. keep 4. waiting 5. are 6. has been 7. missed 8. had been on
9. interested 10. seeing 11. going 12. find 13. put on 14. to eat 15. watching 16. broken
17. Pick it up 18. not to come home 19. go 20. tell 21. have taken place
22. have heard from 23. took 24. sleeping 25. sank 26. had been broken in to / stolen
27. would have met 28. giving /shavingsgiven 29. telling 30. doing 31. were playing
32. has been away 33. were you born 34. didn‘t go 35. was put 36. has gone 37. laughing
38. bring 39. had visited 40. comes 41. standing 42. seeing 43. is going to be 44. Must 45. left
46. to read 47. to have…had worked 48. waiting 49. is being built 50. playing
51. to do / to have done 52. cooking 53. looked 54. Help yourself to 55. to be laughed at
- 114 -
第七章 动词的语态
一、基础练习
1. If city noises ____ from increasing，people ____ shout to be heard even at
dinner(
A( are not kept;will have to B( are not kept;have
C( do not keep;will have to D( do not keep;have to
2. The fifth generation computers, with artificial intelligence, are ____and perfected now.
A. developed B. have developed
C. are being developed D. will have been developed
3. --- ____ the sports meet might be put off(--- Yes，it all depends on the weather(
A( I‘ve been told B( I‘ve told C( I‘m told D( I told
4. I need one more stamp before my collection ___.
A. has completed B. completes C. has been completed D. is completed
5. Rainforests ___ and burned at such a speed that they will disappear from the earth in the near future.
A. cut B. are cut C. are being cut D. had been cut
6. The new suspension bridge ___ by the end of last month.
A. has been designed B. had been designed
C. was designed D. would be designed
7. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it ____.
A. breaks B. has broken C. was broken D. had been broken
8. Great changes ___ in the city, and a lot of factories ___.
A. have been taken place; have been set up B. have taken place; have been set up
C. have taken place; have set up D. were taken place; were set up
9. That suit __ over 60 dollars.
A. had costed B. costed C. is costed D. cost
10. - Look! Everything here is under construction.- What‘s the pretty small house that __ for?
A. is being built B. has been built C. is built D. is building
11.--- Do you like the material? --- Yes, it ___ very soft.
A. is feeling B. felt C. feels D. is felt
12. It is difficult for a foreigner ____ Chinese(
A( write B( to write C( to be written D( written
13. I have no more letters ____ ，thank you(
A( to type B( typing C( to be typed D( typed
14. Take care! Don‘t drop the ink on your shirt, for it __ easily.
A. won‘t wash out B. won‘t be washed out C. isn‘t washed out D. isn‘t washing
out
15. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to ___.
A. be put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out
16. The computers on the table ___ Professor Smith.
A. belongs B. are belonged to C. belongs to D. belong to
17. --- What do you think of the book? ---Oh, excellent. It‘s worth ___ a second
time.
A. to read B. to be read C. reading D. being read
18. The squirrel was lucky that it just missed ___.
A. catching B. to be caught C. being caught D. to catch
19. This page needed ___ again.
- 115 -
A. being checked B. checked C. to check D. to be checked
20. ___ many times, the boy still didn‘t know how to do the exercises
A. Having taught B. Having been taught C. taught D. Teaching
二、时态、语态通练
1.The maths problem can be______.
A.easy worked out B.easy to be worked out
C.easily worked out D.easily to work out
2.Every possible means______,but none proves successful.
A.has been tried B.tried C.is being tried D.has tried
3.The girl is to______a rich man.
A.marry with B.be married C.marry to D.be married to
4.He received a telegram that______,Mother sick‖.
A.wrote B.says C.reads D.read
5.Who can you imagine______to his wedding party?
A.inviting B.being invited C.was invited D.to be invited
6.I______ten minutes to decide whether I should reject the offer.(NMET)
A.gave B.was given C.was giving D.had given
7.——Will somebody go and get Dr.White?
——
A.asked for B.sent for C.called for D.looked for
8.A conductor______to keep us in time in the singing yesterday.
A.needs B.is needing C.was needed D.has been needed
9.When and where to build the new factory______yet.
A.is not decided B.are not decided C.has not decided D.have not decided
10.Ways______to stop pollution by now.
A.must find B.will be found C.are found D.have been found
A.to say B.said C.saying D.having said
12.——______that the sports meet might be put off.——Yes,it all depends on the
13.A library with five thousand books______to the nation as a gift.(NMET)
A.is offered B.has offered C.are offered D.have offered
14.Betty has never been heard _______ill of others.
A.speak B.spoken C.to speak D.was said
15.Tom______to have delivered the speech in their theatre room.
A.said B.says C.is said D.was said
16.——What do you think of the book?
——
A.to read B.to be read C.reading D.being read
17.Little Jim should love______to the theatre this evening.(NMET)
A.to be taken B.to take C.being taken D.taking.
18.______more attention,the trees could have grown better.(NMET)
A.Given B.to give C.Giving D.Having given
19.——where______the book?I can‘t see it anywhere.
- 116 -
——I______it right here but now it‘s gone.
A.did you put;have put B.have you put;put
C.had you put;was putting D.were you putting;have put
20.He would not fail so long as he______hard the next term.
A.studied B.would study C.had studied D.studies
21.How long______the English party______?
A.has;been lasted B.did;last C.was;lasted D.will;be lasted
22.What______you______this time next Friday?
A.will;do B.have;been doing C.are;doing D.will;be doing
23.Hardly______the bell______when the teacher came in.
A.did;ring B.would;ring C.has;rung D.had;rung
24.It______and the streets were still wet.
A.had been raining B.rained C.had been rained D.would rain
25.The book______on the ground for ten minutes but no noe has picked it up.
A.is lying B.has lain C.lay D.has been lying
26.We______there when it______to rain.
A.were getting;would begin B.were about to get;began
C.had got;had begun D.would get;began
27.The teacher said we______ten lessons by the end of this term.
A.should have studied B.were going to study
C.have studied D.should study
28.——she told me she had met you in London last year.——______you______her
since?
A.Had;met B.Did;see C.Would;meet D.Have;seen
29.——When______again? ——When he______,I‘ll let you know.
A.will he come;will come B.will he come;come
C.he comes;comes D.will he come;comes
30.Tom______for more than a week.
A.has left B.had gone away C.went away D.has been away
31.——What happened to her teeth?——She______the apple more than she could chew.
A.has bitten B.bit C.had been bitting D.bites
32.Shakespeare was said______37 famous plays in his lifetime.
A.finishing writing B.to finish writing
C.having written D.to have written
33. ——You‘ve agreed to go.So why aren‘t you getting ready?
——But I______that you______me to start at once.
A.don‘t realize;want B.don‘t realize;wanted
C.haven‘t realized;want D.didn‘t realize;wanted
34. ——I missed the lecture last night. ——Oh,what a pity!I wish______.
A.you heared it B.you had heard it
C.you never heard it D.you hadn‘t heard it
35.I‘ll return the book to the library as soon as I______it.
A.finished B.am going to finish C.will finish D.have finished
36. ——Your phone number again?I______quite catch it.——It‘s 9586442.(NMET)
A.didn‘t B.couldn‘t C.don‘t D.can‘t
- 117 -
37. ——I‘m sorry to keep you waiting. ——Oh,not at all.I______here only a few minutes.
A.have been B.had been C.was D.will be
38.When I was at college.I______three foreign languages,but I______all except a few words of each.
A.spoke;had forgotten B.spoke;have forgotten
C.had spoedn;had forgotten D.had spoken;have forgotten
39.The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as she______.
A.will arrive B.arrives C.is going to arrive D.is arriving (NMET)
40. ——Who is Jerry Cooper?
——______?I saw you shaking hands with him at the meeting.(NMET)
A.Don‘t you meet him yet B.Hadn‘t you met him yet
C.Didn‘t you meet him yet D.Haven‘t you met him yet
41. ——We could have walked to the station.It was so near.
——Yes,a taxi______at all necessary.(NMET)
A.wasn‘t B.hadn‘t been C.wouldn‘t be D.won‘t be
42.We haven‘t heard from Jane for a long time.What do you suppose______to her?(NEMT)
A.was happening B.to happen C.has haqqend D.having happened
43.On Saturday afternoon,Mrs Green went to the market,______some bananas and visited her cousin.(NMET)
A.bought B.buying C.to buy D.buy
44.As she______the newspaper,Granny______asleep.(NMET)
A.read;was falling B.was reading;fell
C.was reading;was falling D.read;fell
45.I______the bad cold for a week,still I can‘t get rid of it.
A.caught B.have caught C.have D.have had
46.I______the time______so quickly.
A.didn‘t realize;had passed B.don‘t realize;passed
C.haven‘t realized;passed D.hadn‘t realized;had passed
47.——My watch______twelve o‘clock.It‘s so late. ——Let‘s hurry up.
A.is said B.says C.is told D.tells
48.Helen______her key in the office so she had to wait her husband_____home.(NMET)
A.has left;comes B.left;had come C.had left;came D.had left;would come
49.The pen I______I______is on my desk,right under my nose.(NMET)
A.think;lost B.thought;had lost C.think;had lost D.thought;have lost
50.——Jane has just arrived. ——I didn‘t know she______.
A.is coming B.was coming C.had been coming D.will come
三、提高练习
1. I can guess you were in a hurry. You ,, your sweater inside out.
A. had worn B. wore C. were wearing D. are wearing
2. — We ,, that you would fix the TV set this week.
— I‘m sorry. I ,, to, but I‘ve been too busy.
A. had expected; had intended B. are expecting; had intended
C. expect; intend D. expected; intend
3. He will stop showing off, if no notice ,, of him.
- 118 -
A. is taken B. will be taken C. takes D. has taken
4. — It is said that another new car factory,,now.
— Yeah. It ,,one and a half years.
A. is building; takes B. is being built; will take
C. is built; will take D. is being built; takes
5. — I‘m sorry, but I shouldn‘t have been so rude to you.
— You ,, your temper but that‘s OK.
A. have lost B. had lost C. did lose D. were losing
6. — Why? Tom, your shirt is so dirty!
— Mum, I ,, my storeroom downstairs。
A. cleaned B. have worked C. was cleaning D. have been cleaning
7. They won‘t buy new clothes because they,,money to buy a color TV set.
A. save B. are saving C. has saved D. were saving
8. Good heavens! There you are! We,,anxious about you, and we ,,you back
throughout the night.
A. are; expect B. were; had expected
C. have been;were expecting D. are; were expecting
9. I‘ve finally finished my paper and it ,, me an entire month.
A. takes B. took C. was taken D. had taken
10. The traffic in our city is already good and it ,,even better.
A. gets B. got C. has got D. is getting
11. — Has Jack finished his homework yet?
— I have no idea;he ,,it this morning.
A. was doing B. had been doing C. has done D. did
12. — I will come to attend your lecture at 10:00 tomorrow.
— I‘m sorry, by then my lecture will have ended and I,,my guests in my office.
A. is being met B. will meet C. will be meeting D. will have met
13. — Alice came back home the day before yesterday.
— Really ? Where ,, ?
A. has she been B. had she been C. has she gone D. had she gone
14. John and I,,friends for eight years. We first got to know each other at a Christmas party. But we,, each other a couple of times before that.
A. had been; have met B. have been; have met
C. had been; had met D. have been; had met
15. I ,, ping-pong quite well, but I haven‘t had time to play since the new year.
A. will play B. have played C. played D. play
16. I‘ve won a holiday for two to Florida. I ,, my mum.
A. take B. am taking C. have taken D. will have taken
17. — You haven‘t said a word about my new coat, Brenda. Do you like it?
— I‘ m sorry I ,, anything about it sooner. I certainly think it‘s pretty on you.
A. wasn‘t saying B. don‘t say C. won‘t say
D. didn‘t say
18. — Where ,,?
- 119 -
— I got stuck in the heavy traffic. I ,, here earlier.
A. did you go; had arrived B. have you been; would have
been
C. were you; would come D. are you; was
19. I know Mr Brown;we ,, to each other at an international conference.
A. are introduced B. have been introduced
C. were introduced D. had been introduced
20. —Where do you think,,he,,the computer?
— Sorry. I have no idea.
A. has ; bought B., ; bought C. did ; buy
D. had ; bought
21. — I,,to a party, but I‘ve got nothing to wear.
— Why don‘t you have a dress made for the party?
A. was asked B. will ask C. have asked D. have been asked
22. I didn‘t like Aunt Lucy, who,,without warning and bringing us presents.
A. always turned up B. has always turned up
C. was always turning up D. was always turned up
23. — What do you think of this kind of TV set, which ,, in Shanghai?
— Well, I don‘t care such things.
A. was made B. is made C. has been made D. had been made
24. — Tom, did Mr. Li join you in your discussion?
— No, he,,, but he happened to have fallen ill.
A. would like to B. will C. was to have D. was going to join
25. — Did he notice you enter the room?
— I don‘t think so. He,,to the radio with his eyes shut.
A. listened B. was listening C. has listened D. had listened
26. The plane ,, at 7:00 p.m., so I have to be at the airport by 6:40 at the latest.
A. has left B. is to leave C. will have left D. leaves
27. The train ,,,,, at the present speed until it reaches the foot of the mountain at about nine o‘clock tonight.
A. went B. is going C. goes D. will be going
28. Look at this! I,,some magazines and,,this letter.
A. was looking through; found B. am looking through; find
C. looked through; had found D. had looked through; finding
29. — ,,you ,, the editor at the airport?
— No, he ,, away before my arrival.
A. Have...met; has driven B. Had...met; was driven
C. Did...meet; had been driven D. Have...met; had driven
30. — Can you give me the right answer?
— Sorry, I ,,.Would you repeat that question?
A. hadn‘t listened B. haven‘t listened C. don‘t listen
D. wasn‘t listening
31. I used to drink a lot of tea but these days I ,,coffee.
A. prefer B. preferred C. have preferred D. am preferring
32. — Was the driving pleasant when you went to Mexico last summer?
- 120 -
— No, it ,, for four days when we arrived, so the roads were very muddy.
A. was raining B. had been raining C. would be raining D. rained
33. The vegetables didn‘t taste very good. They,,too long.
A. had been cooked B. were cooked C. had cooked D. cooked
34. — Remember the first time we met, Jim?
— Of course I do. You ,, in the library.
A. were reading B. had read C. have read D. read
35. I want to buy that kind of cloth because I ,, the cloth ,, well.
A. have told; washes B. have been told; washes
C. was told; washed D. have been told; is washed
36. — What were you up to when your parents came in?
— I,,for a while and,,some reading.
A. was playing; was going to do B. played; did
C. had played; was going to do D. had played; did
37. — Sorry, I forget to post the letter for you.
— Never mind, ,, it myself tonight.
A. I‘m going to post B. I‘ve decided to post C. I‘ll post D. I‘d rather post
38. I should very much like to have gone to that party of theirs, but ,,.
A. I‘m not invited B. I was not invited
C. I have not been invited D. I had not been invited
39. — Is Tom still smoking?
— No. By next Saturday he ,, for a whole month without smoking a single cigarette.
A. will go B. will have gone C. will have been D.
has been going
40. All but one ,, take part in the conference ,, tomorrow.
A. is going to; that is to take place B. are going to; that is about to take place
C. are going to; that is to be taken place D. are going to; which is to be held
41. — Are you a visitor here?
— That‘s right. I,,round the world and now my dream of coming to China,,
true.
A. have traveled; has come B. was traveling; had been come
C. am traveling; has come D. have traveled; has been come
42. — ,, Betty this morning?
— Not yet, but she is sure to be here before noon.
A. Have you seen B. Will you see C. Do you see
D. Did you see
43. Jim talked for about half an hour yesterday. Never,, him talk so much.
A. I heard B. did I hear C. I had heard D.
had I heard
44. The children ,,very quiet;I wonder what they ,,up to.
A. were; are being B. are being;are C. are;do D. are being;
do
45. — Look at the black clouds. It ,, soon.
— Sure. If only we ,,out.
A. is raining; didn‘t come B. is to rain; won‘t start
C. will rain; haven‘t started D. is going to rain; hadn‘t come
46. He ,,articles for our wall-newspaper these three years, and he ,,about
forty articles.
- 121 -
A. has been writing; has written B. has been writing; wrote
C. is writing; has been writing D. has written; has written
47. She ,, to the office than she got down to writing the report.
A. has no sooner got B. had hardly got
C. no sooner got D. had no sooner got
48. When he was alive, the old scientist used to say that knowledge ,,from
practice and he gained his experience by doing a lot of practical work.
A. was coming B. had come C. comes D. would come
49. In this experiment, they are woken up several times during the night, and asked
to report what they,,.
A. had just been dreaming B. are just dreaming
C. have just been dreaming D. had just dreamt
50. — What‘s the matter?
— The shoes don‘t fit properly. They,,,,my feet.
A. are hurting B. will hurt C. have hurt D. are hurt
参考答案:
一、key 1--5 ACADC 6--10 BCBDA 11--15 CBCAD 16--20 DCCDB
二、
1,5 C A D D C 6,10 B B C A D 11,15 B A A C C 16,20
C A A B A 21,25 B D D A D 26,30 B A D D D 31,35 B D D B D
36,40 A A B B D 41,45 A C A B D 46,50 A B C B B
三、1 ~ 20: DAABC DBCBD ACBDD BDBCB
21 ~ 40: DCBCB DDACD ABAAB CCBBD
41 ~ 50: CADBD ADCCA
第八章 动词的语气
一、基础练习
1. ---I‘ve bought a box of chocolates for our daughter.
---Oh, how good a dad! But she doesn‘t like sweet things, _____that?
A. Don‘t you know B. Haven‘t you known
C. Didn‘t you know D. Hadn‘t you known
2. ---Have you decided already?---Yes, I ____at once.
A. have decided B. decided C. will decide D. had decided
3. Glad to see you back. How long _____in Russia?
A. did you stay B. have you stayed C. were you staying D. have you been staying
4. He works in a factory now, but he _____ on a farm for 20 years.
A. worked B. has worked C. had worked D. had been working
5. Where on earth have you been? We _____ you back much earlier.
A. were expecting B. are expecting C. had expected D. expect
6. ---I beg your pardon!---Oh, you _____ to me carefully. (just now)
A. didn‘t B. haven‘t listened C. don‘t listen D. weren‘t listening
- 122 -
7. ---Mr. White didn‘t come last night, did he?---No. We ______ .
A. had waited B. have been waiting C. were waiting D, had been waiting
8. ---Could you take a message for Mr. Green?
---Certainly. I _____ him about something at any case, so it _____ may other.
A. may see; isn‘t B. see; won‘t be C. will see; isn‘t D. will be seeing; won
‘t be
9. ---Who is the old man talking with your teacher? ---I don‘t know. I _____ him
before.
A. was never seeing B. had never seen C. never saw D. wouldn‘t see
10. I can guess you were in a hurry. You ______ your sweater inside out.
A. had worn B. wore C. are wearing D. were wearing
11. Going out for tea with friends _____ increasingly popular during the past twenty years.
A. becomes B. became C. has become D. had become
12. As far as we know, Tom spends at least as much time watching TV as he ______ .
A. does writing B. writes C. writing D. does to write
13. ---I hope you enjoyed the film last night.
---How on earth do you know I went to a film? I ______ you.
A. won‘t tell B. didn‘t C. haven‘t told D. don‘t tell
14. Turn off the tap please. The water _______ .
A. was wasted B. wastes C. is wasting D. is wasted
15. ---I thought I asked you to fix the radio. ---Oh, I‘m sorry. I ______ it right away.
A. am to do B. will do C. was about to do D. am going to do.
16. ---The farmer president was caught at last. ---Really? Where _____ himself?
A. had hidden B. has he hidden C. was he hidden D. has he been hiding
二、提高练习
1(Were it not for the snowy weather, we __________all right.
A. would be B. would have been C. were D. may be
2. ________more careful, his ship would not have sunk.
A. If the captain were B. Had the captain been
C. Should the captain be D. If the captain would have been
3. If he _________ me tomorrow, I would let him know.
A. should call B. should not have been able
C. were not able D. are not able
4. If you asked your father, you ______________ permission.
A. may get B. might get C. should have called D. maybe get
5. _____________today, he would get there by Friday.
A. Would he leave B. Was he leaving
C. Were he to leave D. If he leaves
6. ______I you, I would go with him to the party.
A. Was B. Had been C. Will be D. Were
7. Had Paul received six more votes in the last election, he ____________our chairman now.
A. must have been B. would have been C. were D. would be
8. ____________ the English examination I would have gone to the concert last Sunday
A. In spite of B. But for C. Because of D. As for
9. Look at the terrible situation I am in! If only I _____________your advice
- 123 -
A. follow B. would follow C. had followed D. have followed
10. If the horse won today, it _____________ thirty races in five years.
A. would have won B. won C. must have won D. did have won
11. There is a real possibility that these animals could be frightened, _______a sudden loud noise.
A. being there B. should there be C. there was D. there having been
12. If you hadn‘t taken such a long time to get dressed, we‘d______________ there
by now.
A. be B. circles C. is circling D. be circling
13. I wish I ___________ with her.
A. would be B. am C. was D. were
14. The picture exhibition bored me to death. I wish I_______________ to it.
A. had not gone B. have not gone C. did not go D. can not have gone
15. George would certainly have attended the meeting, ____________________ .
A. if he didn‘t get a flat tire B. if the flat tire hadn‘t happened
C. had he not had a flat tire D. had the tire not flattened itself
16. The teacher suggested that her students _____________ experiences with ESP.
A. write a composition on their B. to write composition about the
C. wrote some compositions of his or her D. had written any compositions for his
17. He speaks Chinese as fluently as if he ______________a Chinese.
A. were B. had been C. is D. has been
18. Looking round the town, he felt as though he ______________ away for ages.
A. has been B. was C. is D. had been
19. Most insurance agents would rather you ___________ anything about collecting claims until they investigate the situation.
A. do B. don‘t C. didn‘t D. didn‘t do
20. It is important that the TOEFL office ________ your registration.
A. will confirm B. confirm C. confirms D. must confirm
21. Without electronic computers, much of today‘s advanced technology
__________.
A. will not have been achieved B. have not been achieved
C. would not have been achieved D. had not been achieved
22. He speaks Chinese as fluently as if he ____________a Chinese.
A. were B. had been C. is D. has been
23. It is time that the government ______________measures to protect the rare birds and animals.
A. takes B. took C. has taken D. taking
24. Some people are too particular about school records, insisting that every applicant ________ all diplomas from elementary school to university.
A. has B. will have C. should have D. must have
25. He was very busy yesterday, otherwise he _____ to the meeting.
A. would come B. came C. would have come D. had come
26. If I had seen the movie, I ______________ you all about it now.
A. would tell B. will tell C. have told D. would have told
27. I had hoped that John _______ a year in Africa, but he stayed there only for three months.
- 124 -
A. spends B. spent C. would spend D. will spend
28. It‘s high time they____________ this road.
A. mend B. mended C. must have mended D. will mend
29. It‘s about time people______ notice of what women did during the war.
A. take B. took C. have taken D. will take
30. He‘s working hard for fear that he_____________ .
A. should fall behind B. fell behind
C. may fall behind D. would fall behind
31. In the past men generally preferred that their wives_______________ in the home.
A. worked B. would work C. work D. were working
32. For a child to give up his less mature idea for a more mature one, it requires that the child _____ psychologically ready for the new idea.
A. is B. were C. be D. would be
33. Your advice that_____________ till next week is reasonable.
A. she waits B. she wait C. wait she D. she waited
34. It was essential that we lease before the end of the month.
A. sing B. singed C. had signed D. were signing
35. I advised that the sick child ________ a hospital as soon as possible.
A. should send to B. should be sent
C. be went to D. must be sent to
36. The workers in the factory demanded that their pay ________ be 20 percent.
A. be raised B. would be raised C. raised D. raise
37. The guard at the gate insisted that everybody ________ the rules.
A. obeys B. obey C. will obey D. would obey
38. My suggestion is that she ________ more exercise, which will do a lot of
good to her.
A. takes B. must take C. take D. took
39. If only I ________ driving before.
A. learn B. learned C. had learned D. would learn
40. ________ she ________ yesterday, she would meet the famous singer today.
A. If, didn‘t leave B. Had not, left C. Hadn‘t, left D.
Didn‘t, leave
答案
一、1---5 CBAAC 6---10 DDDCC CABCBA
二、1 ~ 20: ABABC DDBCA BADAC AADDB
21 ~ 40: CDBCC ACBBA CCBAC ABCCC
第九章 冠词
一、基础练习
1. He takes___ active part in____ sports.
A. the; the B. the;/ C. an;/ D./;the
2. The teacher came into the classroom, ______dictionary under_____ arm.
A. a; a B. an; a C. the; the D./;/
- 125 -
3. A doctor told me to take ____medicine three times a day, stay in ___bed, then I
would be better soon.
A. a; the B. a; / C. the; / D. /; a
4. The southerners usually have _____rice for_____ lunch.
A. the;the B. /; a C. /; / D. the;,
5. ______Einsteins did manage to send ______Einstein to a technical school.
A. /;/ B. An; an C. The; / D. The; an
6. ______snow is white. The snow that covers the top of the mountain is _____ beautiful sight.
A. The; the B. /; / C. /; a D. /; the
7. We‘ll wait for you at the gate of ____school on _____National Day.
A. the; the B. the;/ C. a; / D. a; a
8. ______students in our school are mostly from_____ north(
A. The; / B. The; a C(/; the D. The; the
9. The overseas Chinese have _____great love for______ their motherland.
A. a; the B. an; / C. the; / D. a; /
10. We walked together ____arm in______ arm.
A. a; a B. an; an C. the; the D. /; /
11. ____singer and _____dancer has accepted the invitation.
A. A; a B. The; the C. The; a D. The; /
12. You can write a letter in _____ink or______ pencil.
A. /; a B. /; / C. a;/ D. an; a
13. They used to go swimming in the sea in ____summer, but during ___summer of 2004 they were too busy to go swimming at all.
A. the;/ B. /; the C./;/ D. the; the
14. They had to work from morning till ____night in order to pay off ___ debts.
A. the; the B. the;/ C./;the D./;/
15. _____Yellow River is the pride of _____People‘s Republic off China.
A. The; a B. A; a C. The; the D(/; the
16. All of ____sudden, we were caught in _____rain.
A. /; / B. a; the C. /;the D. a; a
17. ___had been committed was not realized until later.
A. How serious a crime B. How serious crime
C. How a serious crime D. How crime serious
18.We have never seen ______man.
A. so handsome B. so handsome a C. a so handsome D. so a handsome
19. You can hardly hope to succeed where _____ has failed.
A. many greater man B. a many greater man
C. many a greater man D. many greater a man
20. How did you pay the workers? As a rule, they were paid ______.
A. by an hour B. by hours
C. by a hour D. by the hour
21( It‘s ____great pleasure to go to ___cinema after a week‘s hard work.
A. a; the B. the; a C. a. a D. the; the
- 126 -
22. As ____unemployment is very high at the moment, it‘s very difficult for people to find _____work.
A. the;/ B./;/ C. the; a D. an; the
23. -Do you like your school life?
-It‘s hard to say. If there were no ____examinations, I should have ____much happier time at school.
A. an; a B. /; a C. a; the D(/;/
24. A serious accident happened at ___crossroad, not far from _____New World Supermarket.
A. /;the B. a; a C. the;/ D. a; the
25. Mr. Smith told us that _____gold medal his son had got was considered ____great honor to the whole family.
A. the; / B. a; a C. the; a D. a; the
26. _____computer is really _____most useful invention in the twentieth century.
A. The; a B. The; / C. A; / D. /; a
27. All these changes will lead to _____stronger and powerful China, ____country that can surprise and enrich our planet.
A. a; a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; the
28(-Really? Who will give _____lecture? What is it about?
-Professor Chen, ____president of Beijing University. About pollution.
A. the; a B. the;/ C. a; the D. a; /
29. -Hey, Mr. Smith, you are wanted on ______phone.
-who is calling?
- ____Mr. Green. I don‘t know who he is.
A. /; A B. the;/ C. the; A D. /; /
30. As is known to all,______ tiger is in ______danger of dying out.
A. a; a B. the;/ C. a; / D (the; the
二、提高练习
1. Jumping out of ________ airplane at ten thousand feet is quite ________ exciting experience. A./; the B./; an C.an; an D.the; the
2. There‘s ________ dictionary on ________ desk by your side.
A.a; the B.a; a C.the; a D.the; the
3. An accident happened at ________ crossroads a few meters away from ________ bank. A.a; a B./; a C./; the D.the; /
4.The warmth of ________ sweater will of course be determined by the sort of ________ wool used. A.the; the B.the; / C./; the D./; /
5.Mr.Li will give us ________ talk.________ talk will begin at 8:00.
A.a; The B.the; A C./; / D.a; A
6.The sun gives us ________ heat and ________ light.
A.the; the B.a; a C.a; the
D./; /
7.—What do you need in dinner? —I need ________.
A.a knife and a fork B.a knife and fork C.the knife and fork D.the knife and the fork
- 127 -
8.________ Mrs.Smith is waiting for you in your office. A.The B.A C.One D./
9.She‘s on ________ People‘s Daily. A.the B.an C.a D./
10._____ Einsteins could not pay for _____ advanced education that young Albert needed. A.The; the B.A; a C.An; the D.The; an
11.She is ________ newcomer to ________ chemistry but she has already made some important discoveries. A.the; the B.the; a C.a; / D.a; the
12.—Where is Jack?
—I think he is still in ________ bed，but he might be in ________ bathroom.
A./; / B.the; the C.the; / D./; the
13.I don‘t like talking on ________ telephone; I prefer writing ________ letters.
A.a; the B.a; / C.the; the D.the; /
14.Many people are still in ________ habit of writing silly things in ________ public places. A.the; the B./; / C.the; / D./; the
15.—If you don‘t like the red coat，take the blue one.
—OK，but do you have ________ size in blue? This one is a bit tight for me.
A.a big B.a bigger C.the big D.the bigger
16.I heard somebody playing ________ piano in ________ next room.
A.a; a B.the; the C.a; the D.the; an
17.________ Pacific Ocean is ________ largest of all.
A.the; a B./; the C.the; the D.a; /
18.Great changes have taken place in ________ 1990‘s.
A./ B.a C.the D.an
19.Wouldn‘t it be ____ wonderful world if all nations lived in _____ peace with one another? A.a; / B.the; / C.a; the D.the; the
20.Alexander Graham Bell invented ________ telephone in 1876.
A./ B.a C.the D.one
21.In 1864，Lincoln was elected _____ President of ____ United States for the second time. A.the; the B.a; a C./; the D./; /
22.John is ________ university student. A./ B.any C.a D.an
23.The table is made of ____. A.a wood B.some wood C.the wood D.wood
24.We are going to learn ________ next week.
A.Twelfth Lesson B.The Twelfth Lesson C.Twelve Lesson D.The Twelve Lesson
25.—I‘d like ________ information about the management of your hotel，please.
—Well，you could have ________ word with the manager. He might be helpful.
A.some; a B.an; some C.some; some D.an; a
26.Paper money was in _______ use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in ______ thirteenth century. A.the; / B.the; the C./; the D./; /
27.Most animals have little connection with ________ animals of ________ different kind unless they kill them for food.
A.the; a B./; a C.the; the D./; the
28.Alice is fond of playing _____ piano while Henry is interested in listening to _____ music. A./; the B./; / C.the; / D.the; the
29.Oh，John.________ you gave us!
- 128 -
A.How a pleasant surprise B.How pleasant surprise
C.What a pleasant surprise D.What pleasant surprise
30.________ terrible weather we‘ve been having these days!
A.How a B.What a C.How D.What
31.Many people agree that _____ knowledge of English is a must in ____ international trade today. A.a; / B.the; an C.the; the D./; the
32.Beyond ________ stars，the astronaut saw nothing but ________ space.
A.the; / B./; the C./; /
D.the; the
33.—Have you seen ________ pen? I left it here this morning.
—Is it ________ black one? I think I saw it some where.
A.a; the B.the; the C.a; a
D.the; a
34.After watching ________ TV，she played ________ violin for an hour.
A./; / B.the; the C.the; /
D./; the
35.—Are you sure to help me find ________ bed for my new house?
—Sure，but not now. I‘m heading for ________ bed and a good sleep.
A.a; / B.a; a C.the; a D.the; /
36.Charlie Chaplin was considered one of the greatest actors in ___ history of ___ cinema.
A./; / B.a; the C.the; the D.the; a
37.—What about ________ book? —It‘s too difficult ________ book.
A.a; a B.a; the C.the; the D.the; a
38.Towards ________ evening ________ cold rain began to fall.
A.an; the B.the; a C.the; /
D./; a
39.She always plays ________ football after ________ school.
A.a; the B.the; the C./; a D./; /
40._____ wheel is thought to be _____ invention of _____ first importance in human history. A.A; the; the B.The; an; the C.A; an; the D.A; an; /
41.I felt someone patted me on ________ shoulder. A.a B.the C.my D./
42.—So you are running ________ restaurant?
—Yes，but I don‘t want to make it ________ restaurant only for rich people.
A.the; / B.the; the C.a; the D.a; a
43.Xi‘an was ________ starting point of ________ world famous,Silk Road‖.
A./;/ B.a; a C.the; / D.the; the
44.It is ten o‘clock in the morning but he is still ________.
A.in the bed B.at the bed C.in
- 129 -
bed D.on bed
45.More than half of ________ water used for drinking，washing and irrigating
crops comes from under ________ ground. A.the; / B./; the C./; / D.the; the
46.At noon we reached ________ small village ________ east of ________ Summer Palace. A.the; the; the B.a; /; the C.a; the; the D.a; /; /
47.The child had only ________ slight temperature，but the doctor regarded
________ illness as serious enough for ________ hospital treatment.
A./; /; the B.a; /; / C.a; the; / D./; the; the
48.I had ________ lunch at a friend‘s house yesterday.________ food was good.
A.the; / B./; / C.the; the D./; The
49.—What is Jack going to do with all his money?
—He says he has always dreamed of taking ________ trip around ________ world.
A.a; the B.the; the C.a; / D.a; a
50.Qingdao is ________ most beautiful city in summer. A.the B./ C.a D.one
51.Just now you said you always got to work on _______ 8 o‘clock train. But
would _______ later train get you to work on time? A.a; a B.a; the C.the; the D.the; a
52.The building was completed in ______ September of 1956 not in ______ October,1955. A./; the B.the; the C./;/ D.the; /
53.I would like to have _______ room，_______ window of which opens to
_______ south.
A.a; the; a B.a; the; the C.a; /; / D.a; the; /
54.There is _______ house in the picture.There is _______ old woman near _______ house. A.an; a; the B.a; an; the C.the; a; an D.a; the; an
55.________ Europe and ________ America are separated by ________ Atlantic Ocean.
A./; /; the B.the; the; the C./; /; / D.the; the; /
56.There is ________,h‖ in the word,honest‖. A.a
B.the C./ D.an
57.________ terrible life people in the small island lived at that time!
A.What B.How C.What a D.How a
58.Father often says to me,,Be _____ honest boy today and _____ useful man tomorrow.‖ A.a; a B.an; an C.a; an D.an; a
59.Things of ______ kind come together; people of _____ kind fall into _____ same group. A.the; the; the B.a; a; the C.the; the; a D.a; the; the
60.________ Suez Canal brought ________ east and ________ west closer.
A.The; the; the B./; the; the C.The; /; / D./; /; /
参考答案
一、
1. C 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. C 6.C 7. B 8.D 9.D 10. D 11. D 12. B 13. B 14. C
15. C 16. B 17.
A 18.B 19. C 20.D 21. A 22.B 23. B 24.D 25. C 26.A 27.A 28.B 29. C 30.B
二、
1~5 CAABA 6~10 DBBAA 11~15 CDDCB 16~20 BCCAC 21~25 CCDBA 26~30 CBCCD 31~35 - 130 -
AACDA 36~40 CDDDB
41~45 BDDCD 46~50 BCDAC 51~55 DDBBA 56~60 DCDBA
第十章 介词
一、基础练习
1. Henry, ,,, Mary and Tom, is coming to China for a visit? Which is WRONG?
A. together with B. like C. besides D. but in addition to
2. His father will be back from London,,,,a few days.
A. since B. in C. on D. after
3. He usually goes to work on time ,,,,,,.
A. except for raining days B. besides it rains C. but that it rains D. except on rainy
days
4. Did you have trouble ,,,,,,, the post office?
A. to have found B. with finding C. to find D. in finding
5. If you keep on, you‘ll succeed ,,,,,,,,.
A. in time B. at one time C. at the same time D. on time
6. The train leaves,,,6:00 pm, so I have to be at the station,,,5:40 pm at
the latest?
A. at; until B. for; after C. at; by D. before; around
7. ,,,the gate and you‘ll find the entrance,,,the park,,,the other side.
A. Through; to; on B. Along; of; on C. Down; to; at D. Up; of; by
8. One,,, five will have the chance to join in thegame.
A. within B. among C. in D. from
9. —— Do you go there ,,,bus?—— No, we go there ,,,a train.
A. in; on B. on; on C. by; in D. by; with
10. I made the coat ,,,my own hands. It was made,,,hand, not with a
machine.
A. in; in B. in; with C. with; by D. with; with
11. The trees ,,,front of the house are ,,,the charge of Mr. Li.
A. in; in B. at; in C. in; by D. from; in
12. The old man died,,,,,, cold ,,,,,,, a cold night.
A. from; at B. of; in C. of; on D. for; during
13. My uncle lives,,,,116 Changhe Street. His room is ,,,,the sixth floor.
A. at; on B. to; at C. on; in D. of; to
14. I don‘t think you can work out the maths problem,,,,her help.
A. since B. unless C. with D. without
15. He is running,,the wind towards the station,,Tom running ,,the right.
A. down; and; on B. against; with; on C. for; with; in D. with; while; to
16. In Hangzhou Mr. Black was so struck,,the beauty of nature that he stayed,,another night. A. at; on B. with; at C. for; in D. by; for
17. —— How long has the bookshop been in business? —— ,,,,,,1987.
A. After B. In C. From D. Since
18. We offered him our congratulations,,,,,his passing the college entrance
exams.
A. at B. on C. for D. of
19. Guangdong lies,,,the south of China and Fujian is,,,the east of it. Hainan is,,the coast of the mainland.
- 131 -
A. in; in; on B. in; on; off C. on; to; on D. in; to; away
20. The student, ,whom all the teachers are pleased,is very strict ,himself , everything.
A. to; with; in B. with; with; in C. with; at; with D. at; with; at
21. Some doctors were sent t?the front where medical workers were ,,,.
A. in great need B. in great need of C. needed great D. needed in
22. ,,,,,hearing the good news, they jumped with joy.
A. For B. To C. On D. At
23. She is well-known,,,,her poems and she is also famous ,,,an actress.
A. for; for B. as; for C. for; as D. by; for
24. He climbed silently,,,,,,seizing the thief,,,,,,.
A. in the purpose; by surprise B. with purpose of; surprisingly
C. with purpose of; surprisedly D. with the purpose of; by surprise
25. The touch they had both kept in ,,,many years broke.
A. for B. on C. into D. with
26. The pianist began to play and the girl in red began to sing ,,,,the music.
A. with B. along C. through D. to
27. He divided the sweets,,,the children who were divided ,,,three groups.
A. in; in B. into; into C. between; in D. among; into
28. Early ,,,the morning of May 1, we started off,,,the mountain village.
A. in; for B. in; t? C. on; , D. on; for
29. Ted has been absent,,,,,class for quite some time.
A. for B. with C. of D. from
30. The railway was opened,,,,,,traffic,,,,,,, April 4, 1985.
A. to; on B. to; in C. by; on D. for; on
答案及简析
1.D。,名词，介词短语‖作主语时，谓语动词要与前面的名词保持一致。D
项表达错误。
2.B。表示,从现在起多长时间之后‖用in。
3.D。except后接动词不定式可与but连用，但except后还可接that, when, where等从句或介词短语，在表示对细节加以纠正之意时用except for。
4.D。have trouble,difficulty in doing sth.,with sth.是一个习惯用法，表示,做
某事吃力、费劲‖。
5.A。in time除平时熟悉的,及时‖之意外，还有,迟早‖的意思，相当于sooner or later。6.C。具体时间即点时间前常用介词at, 表示,到……为止‖用by。
7.A。through指,从某事物的内部空间穿过‖;entrance后习惯接to;表示,
在……边‖用on。
8.C。,one in five‖指,五人中有一个‖，即,one out of five‖。
9.C。,乘坐交通工具‖时，用by，抽象名词(无冠词的名词)或用in,on加
冠词再加交通工具。
10.C。,由手工制作‖用固定词组with one‘s hands或by hand。
11.A。in front of表示,在……前面‖;in the charge of表示,在……掌管,控
制下‖。
12.C。die of用于疾病、情感、饥饿、寒冷等原因造成的死亡，die from指除了
疾病、情感、饥饿、寒冷以外的原因造成的死亡，on a cold night为特定时间。
13.A。在相对小的地点或门牌前用at;房间,在第几层‖用,on... floor‖。
14.D。,在……帮助下‖用with,,没有……帮助‖用without。
15.B。,逆,顶风而跑‖用against;,with ，宾，宾补‖表示伴随;表示,在
左,右边‖用on。16.D。,be struck by‖意为,被……迷住,打动‖，stay for the night表示,留下来过夜‖。
- 132 -
17.D。since常与现在完成时连用。
18.B。offer sb. congratulations on sth. or doing sth.,congratulate sb. on sth. or doing sth.
19.B。in the south表示在,一个范围之 A. to B. over C. by D. on
2. The trees in that thick forest are so dose together that there is hardly any room to
move ______ them. A. between B. in C. among D. across
3. So far, several ships have been reported missing _____ the coast of Bermuda
Island.
A. off B. along C. on D. around
4. It was easier to move about ______ the fringe of the crowd.
A. at B. in C. on D. to
5. For miles around me there is nothing but a desert, without a single plant of tree
_____.
A. in sight B. on the earth C. at a distance D. in a place
6. I wanted two seats ______ Madame Gurie for Friday night, so I rang the cinema
to seeif I could book two tickets. A. of B. about C. to D. for
7. ---Has the train arrived? ---No, it all will be late ______ half an hour.
A. at B. for C. in D. by
8. I like traveling by sea ______ it is not rough.
A. unless B. in case C. as long as D. although
9. ---Poor Tom! He will have to work all the next month.
---Luckily, _______ the basketball games are held.
A. except B. except that C. except when D. except for
10. ______ sick or well, my grandfather is always cheerful.
A. Either B. No matter C. Even if D. whether
11. The oil must be used up, _______ the light went out.
A. for B. because C. since D. as
12. The two countries were ______ between 1989 and 1992.
- 133 -
A. peace B. at no war C. at peace D. at peaceful
13. The bridge is 1000 meters _______ length.
A. with B. in C. at D. on
14. Look out _______ the traffic when crossing the road.
A. at B. of C. for D. with
15. We often call Martin Luther King M.L.King _______ .
A. in short B. for short C. at short D. to short
16. ______ the end of last term, every student in the school, I think, has taken at
least five maths tests. A. By B. Since C. From D. In
17. ---How can I get to the island you mentioned?---You can‘t get there _____ by
swimming.
A. other than B. more than C. rather than D. less than
18. ---I find reading comprehension the hardest in learning a foreign language.
---Well, ______ you‘d better practise reading short passage every day.
A. so that B. now that C. for that D. with that
19. ---Do you like coffee or milk?---Both. But I prefer coffee ______ milk.
A. to B. for C. with D. from
20. Spider was up and standing at the door, with every hair of her body _____ .
A. stood up B. on its end C. on end D. on the end
答案:1---5 DBACA 6---10 DDCCD 11---15 ACBCB 16---20 BACCC
第十一章 连词
选择填空
1(——
A.No, but B.Yes, though C.No, because D.Yes, yet
2(Five minutes earlier,_____ we could have caught the last train.
A.but B.and C.so D.or
3(They may go to London, but they are not certain______.
A.still B.yet C.already D.however
4(This word may be used both as a noun_____as a verb.
A.as well as B.nor C.and D.or
5(I have read one of his plays______a lot of his poems.
A.but B.while C.as well as D.as well
(We can
A.and B.but C.however D.still
7(Do what you have been told,____ you will be punished.
A.and B.but C.or D.after all
(She was ill,_____she can
A.for B.therefore C.but D.or
9(—I thought he hated TV. —You are right,_____he still watches the program.
A.besides B.also C.then D.yet
10(_____you are dismissed.
A.Either you go or B.Whether you go or
C.Both you go and D.Not only you go but also
11(It is strange, ______ it is true.
- 134 -
A.if B.or C.so D.and
12(I asked her to stay for tea,_____ I had something to tell her.
A.but B.for C.or D.and
13(I remember_____ this used to he a quiet village. (NMET)
A.when B.how C.where D.what
14(It will be hours______ she comes back.
A.before B.since C.after D.by
15(I had no idea about it______ he told me.
A.until B.there C.that D.where
16(Air to us is _____ water to fish.
A.what B.that C.which D.of which
(When you read the book, you questions.
A.where B.at which C.at where D.the place where
18(I had no idea where he had been_____ he told me.
A.when B.until C.except D.because
19(_____,Mother will wait for him to have dinner together. (NMET)
A.However late is he B.However he is late
C.However D.However late he is
20(It worried her a bit_____ her hair was turning gray. (NMET)
A.while B.that C.if D.for
(I don pass the entrance examination.
A.whether B.when C.that D.how
22(Never believe anything____ any other person has believed it.Use your own mind.
A.that B.when C.because D.nor
(
A.at that time B.each time C.sometimes D.before
24(Take an umbrella______ it rains.
A.in case B.in any case C.because D.for
25(_____the teacher found goodness, he praised it.
A.Wherever B.However C.As D.Because
答案:1,5 A B B C C 6,10 C C B D A 11,15 D B
A A A 16,20 B A B D B 21,25 C C B A A
第十二章 非谓语动词
一、基础练习
1.The headmaster wanted the new classroom building___as soon as pos-sible.
A.to put up B.to be put up
C.to have been put up D.being put up
2.At the shopping-centre,he didn‘t know what____and____with an empty bag.
A.to buy;leave B.to be bought
C.to buy;left D.was so buy;leave
3.The policeman put down the phone,____with a smile on his face.
A.satisfied B.satisfying C.to be satisfied D.having satisfied
4.____,your composition is full of mistakes.
- 135 -
A.Writing carelessly B.Written carelessly
C.Having written carelessly D.Being written carelessly
5.She made a candle_____us light. A.give B.gave C.to give D.given
6.The stranger you saw_____with a big travelling-bag stayed in Room 104 yesterday.
A.to come in B.come in C.has come in D.who came in
7.——What do you suppose made her worried? ——_____a gold ring.
A.Lose B.Lost C.Losing D.Because of losing
8.He feft a stone____his back.
A.hitting B.hit C.hitted D.to hit
9.I know it‘s not important,but I can‘t help_____about it.
A.to think B.and think C.thinking D.being thought
10._____several times the young scientist still kept on making his experi-ments.
A.Having been failed B.Having failed
C.Though failed D.Because of failure
11.In Australia,he made a lot of friends____a very practical knowledge of the English language. A.get B.go get C.getting D.got
12.——What did you mean by saying that? ——I mean no harm.I only____.
A.meant heping B.want to help C.meant of help D.want helping
13.I never expected the shoes_____.
A.wearing out B.to be worn out C.to have worn out D.being worn out
14.You must learn_____.
A.that your time needs a wise use B.how to make lest of your time
C.to make wise use of your time D.wise ways to use your time
15._____is better_____one‘s life than_____one‘s spirit.
A. That; lost; you lose B. It; to lose; lose
C.This ; losing ; losing D. It; to lose ; to lose
16. Peter wanted his TV______,but his wife would rather have it______off.
A. fixed; thrown B. to be fixed ; be thrown C.fixed ; throwing D.fixing ; throwing
17. _____the news of his father‘s death, he burst into tears.
A. After hearing B. On hearing C. Having heard D. While hearing
18. Most of the artists______to the party were from South Africa.
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D. had been invited
19. Tom kept quiet about the accident_______lose his job.
A. so not as to B. so as not to C. so as to not D. not so as to
20. She searched the top of the hill and stopped______on a big rock by the side of the path.
A. to have rested B. resting C. to rest D. rest
21. Last summer I took a course on_______.
A. how to make dress B. how dress be made
C. how to be made dress D. how dress to be made
22. The secretary worded late into the night,______a long speech for the president.
A. to prepare B. preparing C. prepared D. was preparing
23. She‘s upstairs_______letters.
A. writes B. is writing C. write D. writing
24. The speaker raised his voice but still couldn‘t make himself______.
- 136 -
A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard
25. The murderer was brought in ,with his hands______behind his back.
A. being tied B. having tied C. to be tied D. tied
26. On Saturday afternoon, Mr Green went to the market,_____some ba-nanas and visited his cousin .A. bought B. buying C. to buy D. buy
27. Jane was made______the truck for a week as a punishment.
A. to wash B. washing C. wash D. to be washing
28. Mr Smith warned his daughter _____after drinking.
A. never to drive B. to never drive C. never driving D. never drive
29. ——The light in the office is still on. ——Oh, I forgot _______.
A. turning it off B. turn it off C. to turn it off D. having turned it off
30. I can hardly imagine Peter ______across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed
31. ——Shall we go skating or stay at home? ——Which____do yourself?
A. do you rather B. would you rather
C. will you rather D. should you rather
32. ____a reply, he decided to write again.
A. Not receiving B. Receiving not
C. Not having received D. Having not received
33. The salesman scolded the girl caught______and let her off.
A. to have stolen B. to be stealing C. to steal D. stealing
34. Little Jim should love_____to the theatre this evening.
A. to be taken B. to take C. being taken D. taking
35. ——I usually go there by train. ——Why not____by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
36. I would appreciate______back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you‘re calling
37. _____is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A. The walk B. Walking C. To walk D. Walk
38. "Can‘t you read?"Mary said_____to the notice.
A. angrily pointing B. and point angrily
C. angrily pointed D. an angrily pointing
39. The computer centre,______last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
A. open B. opening C.having opened D. opened
40. Charles Babbage is generally considered______the first computer.
A. to invent B. inventing C. to have invented D. having invented
41. How about the two of us_____a walk down the garden?
A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking
42. ______down the radio —the baby‘s asleep in the next room.
A. Turning B. To turn C. Turned D. Turn
43. The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with his talks,______that he had
enjoyed his stay here.A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
44. The first textbooks ______for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century. A. having written B. to be written C. being written D. and arrived - 137 -
45. She set out soon after dark _____ home an hour later.
A. arriving B. to arrive C. having arrived D. and arrived
46. The missing boys were last seen ______near the river.
A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play
47. Rather than ______ on a crowded bus ,he always prefers ______ a bicy-cle.
A. ride; ride B. riding ; ride C. ride ; to ride D. to ride; riding
48. ——I must apologize for _____ ahead to time. —— That‘s all right.
A. letting you not know B. not letting you know
C. letting you know not D. letting not you know
49. Paul doesn‘t have to be made _____. He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning
50. We agreed _____here but so far she hasn‘t turned up yet.
A. having met B. meeting C. to meet D. to have met
51. ——You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting.
——Well,now I regret ______that.
A. to do B. to be doing C. to have done D. having done
52. The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street ,but his mother told him _____.
A. not to B. not to do C. not do it D. do not to
53. ______in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose
54. The patient was warned _____oily food after the operation.
A. to eat not B. eating not C. going D. having gone
55. I would love _____to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. to be first playing
56. The Olympic Games, ______in 776 B. C. , did not include women players until 1912.
A. first playing B. to be first played C. first played D. to be first playing
57. _____is know to all, China will be an_____and powerful country in 20 or 30 years‘ time.
A. That;advancing B. This;advanced C. As; advanced D. It ; advancing
58. ——Do you feel like _____there or shall we take a bus?
——I‘d like to walk. But since there isn‘t much time left. I ?d rather we _____a taxi.
A. walking; hire B. to walk; hire C. to walk ; hired D. walking; hired
【试题解析】
1、选B。want 一词表示,打算，想要‖，通常构成want to do与want sb. /sth.
to do两种形式，因为building与put up之间逻辑上是被动关系，故want复合宾语中的不定式使用了被动式。该句的含义是,校长打算让这座新教学楼尽快建成‖。
2、选C。注意该题中buy和leave不是两个并列动作，而是说,他在购物中的不知道该买什么，就带着空兜子离开了‖。What to buy 作didn‘t know的宾语，left与didn‘t know并列。
3、选A。satisfy意为,满……，使……满意‖，既然人作了主语则用它的过去分词形式作状语。该句的含义是,警察放下了电话，脸上露出满意的笑容‖。
4、选B。该句主语your composition是write这一动作的承受者，故write应用过去分词。该句的含义为,因为写的太粗心了，你的作文到处是错误‖。该句中过去分词短语作状语，相当于Your composition is full of mistakes because it is
written carelessly.
5、选C。不定式to give us light作目的状语。该句的含义是,她做了一个蜡烛来照明‖。
6、选B。
- 138 -
7、选C。该题的前者问,你认为什么使他着急,‖该题的答句是个省略句，这部分应在句中充当主语，故用名词或动名词。该句的完整形式是:Losing a gold
ring made her worried(丢失一枚金戒子使她着急)，故C为正确答案。
8、选B。该句中feel后面接的是一个宾语从句。hit应使用一般过去时，又因为hit过去式与原形相同，故B为正确答案。该句的含义是,他感到有块石头打在他后背上‖。
9、选C。can‘t help doing sth. 意为,忍不住，禁不住做某事‖。该句的含义为,我知道这并不重要，但我忍不住总去想它‖。
10、选B。
11、选B。该句的含义是,在澳大利亚他交了许多朋友，学到了英语语言的实用知识‖。不定式to get a very practical knowledge of the English language在该句中作结果状语。
12、选C。高中学生应该知道mean的两个常见词义。该题问句中的mean表示,意思……，含……意思‖，后面要接名词或动名词，答句中的mean表示,意欲，意指，企图‖，后面要接不定式。该句的含义是,你那么说什么意思,‖,我没有什么恶意，我只是想帮忙‖。再如:
I‘m sorry. I didn‘t mean to hurt her. 对不起，我没想伤害她(但事实上已造了伤害)。
13、选B。expect意为,预料，想到‖，常形成expect sb./sth.to do结构，因为shoes与wear our为被动关系，所以作为宾语补足语的不定式要用被动形式。该句的含义是,我没想到这双鞋会穿破‖。
14、选C。learn to do sth. 意为,学会做某事‖。该句的含义为,你必须学会聪明地利用时间‖。make use of 意为,利用，使用‖。
15、选D。该句中it 作形式主语，to lose one‘s life不仅作it的真正主语，而且与to lose one‘s spirit并列。该句的含义是一个人失去生命总比失去灵魂强‖。
16、选A。
17、选B。On hearing the news of his father‘s death…意为As soon as he heard the
news of his father‘s death…。该题也可以用现在分词的一般式hearing作状语，但不可以用现在分词的完成式(C项)，因为,他突然哭了‖这一动作与,听到爸爸去世‖这一动作几乎是同时发生的。
18、选A。句中的Most of the artists与invite之间为被动关系，而且表示的是完成的动作，所以答案应选择A。句子的意思是:,应邀参加晚会的大多数艺术家均来自于南非。过去分词invited在句子中作定语，其作用相当于Most of the artists that were invited to the party were from South Africa.
19、选B。so as to 相当于in order to,它的否定式应放在不定式to之前。注意:so as to 不用于句首。
20、选C。stop to do sth. =stop and do sth.是停下来正在做的事而去做另一件事。stop doing是停止做某事。
21、选A。疑问词how加不定式，可作介词的宾语。
22、选B。用现在分词作伴随状语。A项是不定式，可以做目的状语，但目的状语前不用逗号。
C、D项属语法错误。
23、选D
24、选D。make oneself done是惯用法。在本句中的意思是:,使自己的声音被别人听到。‖
25、选D。在with 结构中，hands与tie之间的关系是被动关系，故排除B项。tied不仅表示被动，还表示动作已完成，故排除A、C项。
26、选A。
27、选A。make sb. do这一句型变成被动语态时为:be made to do sth.
28、选A。warn sb. not(never) to do sth.是惯用法。
29、选C。forget to do sth. 是,忘记去做某事‖。forget与remember的用法类似。
- 139 -
30、选C。imagine后接动名词作宾语。Peter是sailing的逻辑主语，也可写成Peter‘s,它们合起来称为动名词的复合结构。
31、答案选B。would rather do sth. 是惯用法，变问句时,把would提前。
32、选C。receive与主句的主语he 之间有逻辑上的主谓关系。故用现在分词，但主句中的again又暗示考生，分词的动作发生在主句谓语动词之前，因此用现在分词的完成式。not必须置于分词之前。此句可理解为:As/Since he hadn‘t
received a reply, he decided to write again.
33、选D。考生如果掌握catch sb. doing(发现某人正在做某事)这一短语，便可知girl与catch之间是被动关系，因此用catch的过去分词形式作后置定语，相当于a girl who was caught stealing.
34、选A。should love to=would like to,句子Jim与take之间是被动关系。
35、选D。抓住原题中的for a change便知why not +do表示一种建议，而try to do是,尽力设法做某事，try doing是,试着做‖。
36、选C。appreciate需要动名词作宾语，your calling是动名词的复合结构。
37、选B。动名词作主语通常表示习惯性、泛指经常性、不具体的动作。而不定式作主语则表示一次性、特指、未来、具体的动作。原题中的a good form又暗示考生，这个动作是泛指的，经常性的。
38、选A。,生气地‖是用来说明说话时的表情，应放在被修饰词said的后面，选A或C; ,指着‖这一动作的逻辑主语是Mary，应该用现在分词作伴随状语。全句意思是:,你不会看吗,‖玛丽指着布告生气地说。
39、选D。opened是过去分词作非限定性定语，与先行词the computer cen-tre
之间是被动关系，相当于which was opened last year，意思是:,去年开业的‖。
40、选C。
41、选C。what/how about +doing sth.是,做某事怎样‖，而the two of us是动名词的逻辑主语，它们合起来构成动名词的复合结构。
42、选D。这是一个祈使句，意思是:,请把收音机的音量调小些。‖原题中的破折号相当于一个连接词for,说明音量调小的原因。
43、选C。现在分词作伴随状语。句子的意思是:,来访的部长对其双方会谈的结果表示满意，并补充到在逗留期间感到很愉快。‖
44、选D。,课本‖被,写出‖，此空白应该用表示被动的非谓语动词作定语，可排除A; to be written表示即将发生，与题意不符;being written强调正在进行时，与题意不符;written表示已完成的动作。全句的意思是:,把英语作为外语来教的第一批课本，是在十六世纪出版的。‖
45、选D。
46、选A。
47、选C。prefer后可接不定式，也可接动名词，接动词不定式时通常与rather than连用，表示否定。故该题的正确答案为C。即正常语序是:He al-ways prefers
to ride a bicycle rather than ride on a crowded bus.该句还可以这样来表达:He always prefers riding a bicycle to riding on a crowed bus.即prefer后接动名词时，常与介词to连用，表示否定，意为:,喜欢做……而不喜欢做……。‖
48、选B。letting是现在分词短语作介词for的宾语，且否定时，not 置于动名词之前。
49、选B。
50、选C。
51、选D。regret后接不定式表示没有发生的动作;接动名词则表示后悔做过某事。根据题意:,后悔提出了反对意见‖，故答案选动名词的完成时。
- 140 -
52、选A。
53、选C。句中的主语he和lose之间为被动关系。所以应用过去分词短语作状语。
54、选C。
55、选B。would love to have done表示,本想去做，而没做‖。从下文,but I had to work extra hours to finish a report‖可知事情没有做。
56、选C。
57、选C。
58、选D。该题问句中的feel like doing sth. 表示,愿意，打算‖，like为介词;
答句中would rather后面接的宾语从句中谓语动词要用一般过去时。该句的含义
是,你愿意步行去还是乘车,‖,我想步行去，但既然没有多少时间了，我们就
叫辆出租车吧。‖
二、提高练习
1.______the house on fire, he dialed 119.
A. To see B. Seeing C. Having seen D. Being seen
2. I fell down and broke three of my teeth. I wonder how many times I have to come here and get my false teeth .
A. fix B. fixing C. fixed D. to fix
3. We‘re _________ to listen to her ________ voice. It‘s _________ to hear her sing.
A. pleased; pleasing; pleasure B. pleased; pleasant; a pleasure
C. pleasing; pleased; a pleasure D. pleasing; pleasant; pleasure
4. _____ a post office, I stopped _____ some stamps.
A. Passed, buying B. Passing, to buy C. Having passed, buy D. Pass, to buy
5. _____ with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain does not seem high at all.
A. Comparing B. To compare C. Compared D. Having compared
6. Here are some new computer programs _________ for home buildings.
A. designing B. design C. designed D. to design
7. _____ a little money, Jimmy was able to buy his mother a lovely new lamp
A. To save B. Saving C. Saved D. Having saved
8. The teacher came into the classroom _____ by his students.
A. following B. to be following C. followed D. having followed
9. With the money ___ , he couldn‘t buy any ticket.
A. to lose B. losing C. lost D. has lost
10. There was so much noise in the room that the speaker couldn‘t make himself _____.
A. being heard B. hearing C. heard D. hear
11. The result of the test was rather _____ .
A. disappointed B. disappointing C. being disappointed D. disappoint
12. I‘ve never heard the word _____ in spoken English.
A. use B. used C. using D. useing
13. ____ how to do the homework, I went to ask my teacher for help.
A. Not to know B. Not knowing C. Knowing not D. Not known
14. Deeply _____ , I thanked her again and again.
A. being moving B. moved C. moving D. to be - 141 -
moved
15. With winter ____ on, it‘s time to buy warm clothes.
A. came B. comes C. come D. coming
16. ____ the office, the foreign visitors were shown round the teaching building.
A. Having shown B. Showing C. Has shown D. Having been shown
17. He went from door to door, ____ waste papers and magazines.
A. gathering B. gathered C. gather D. being gathered
18. The student corrected his paper carefully, ____ the professor‘s suggestions.
A. follow B. following C. followed D. being followed
19. The ____ price will save you one dollar for each dozen.
A. reduce B. reducing C. reduced D. reduces
20. People ____ in the city do not know the pleasure of country life.
A. live B. to live C. lived D. living
21. The foreigner tried his best, but he still couldn‘t make his point ____ .
A. understand B. understanding C. to understand D. understood
22. The scientists were waiting to see the problem ____ .
A. settle B. settled C. to settle D. settling
23. The library‘s study room is full of students ____ for the exam.
A. busily prepared B. busy preparing C. busyly prepare D. are busily preparing
24. The ground is____ with ____ leaves.
A. covering, falling B. covered, falling C. covered, fallen D. covering, fallen
25. Lessons ____ easily were soon forgotten.
A. to learn B. learn C. learned D. learning
26. The wallet ____ several days ago was found____ in the dustbin outside the building.
A. stolen, hidden B. stealing, hiding C. stealing, hidden D. stolen, hiding
27. A person ____ a foreign language must be able to use the foreign language ____ all about his own.
A. to learn, to forget B. learning, to forget C. to learn, forgetting D. learning, forgetting
28. ____ different kinds of pianos, the workers farther improved their quality
A. To produce B. Being produced C. Produced D. Having produced
29. The students in the university are all taking courses____ a degree.
A. coming to B. going to C. leading to D. turning to
30. Many things i____ mpossible in the past are very common today.
A. consider B. considering C. considered D. be considered
31. ____ many times, he still couldn‘t understand.
- 142 -
A. Having been told B. Having told C. He having been told D. Telling
32. The old sick lady entered the hospital, ____ her two sons.
A. to support B. supporting C. supported by D. having supported
33. China is one of the largest countries in the world, ____ 9.6 million square (平
方) kilometres.
A. to cover B. covered C. covers D. covering
34. "We must keep a secret of the things ____ here", the general said, ____ at the man in charge of the information office.
A. discussed, stared seriously B. being discussed, seriously staring
C. to be discussed, seriously stared D. discussed, stared
35. The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, t____ hat he had enjoyed his stay here.
A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
36. "Can you read?" Mary said ____ to the notice.
A. angrily pointing B. and point angrily C. angrily pointed D. and angrily pointing
37. ____ the composition, John handed it to the teacher and went out of the room
A. Writing B. Having written C. Written D. Being written
38. Were you ____ when you saw that wild animal?
A. fright B. frightening C. frightened D. frighten
39. Properly ____ with numbers, the books can be easily found.
A. marked B. mark C. to mark D. marking
40. The child sat in the dentist‘s chair ____ .
A. tremble B. trembling C. trembled D. to trembled
41. At this moment the bell rang ____ the end of class.
A. announce B. announcing C. announced
D. to announce
42. He walked down the hills, ____ softly to himself.
A. sing B. singing C. sung D. to sing
43. I had to shout to make myself ____ above the noise.
A. heared B. hearing C. heard D. to hear
44. The graduating students are busy ____ material for their reports.
A. collect B. to collect C. collected D. collecting
45. The cars ____ in Beijing are as good as those ____ in Shanghai.
A. produce, produce B. produced, produced
C. produced, producing D. producing, producing
46. When I came in, I saw Dr. Li ____ a patient.
A. examine B. examining C. to examine D. - 143 -
examined
47. ____ a satisfactory operation, the patient recovered from illness very quickly.
A. Having been given B. Having given C. Giving D. Being given
48 . ____ a satisfactory operation, the doctor believed the patient would recover from his illness very soon.
A. Having been given B. Having given C. Giving D. Being given
49. He wrote a letter to me ____ that his trip to Japan had been put off because of the bad weather
A. inform B. informing C. informed D. being informed
50. He reads newspapers every day to keep himself ____ about what‘s going on in the world.
A. inform B. informing C. informed D. being informed Keys:1~20: BCBBC CDCCC BBBBD DABCD
21~40: DBBCC ADDCC ACDBC ABCAB
41~50: BBCDB BABBC
第十三章 主谓一致
一、基础练习
1(The league Secretary and monitor ______ asked to make a speech at the meeting(
A(is B(are C(has D(were
2(Each man and each woman ______ asked to attend(
A(are B(is C(has D(were
3(Many a student ______ seen this painting(
A(has B(have C(is seen D(sees
4(Tom as well as two of his classmates ______ invited to the party(
A(Was B(were C(has D(have
5(Half of the apples ______ good(
A(Is B(are C(was D(be
6(,All______ present and all______ going on well(‖our monitor said(
A(is , is B(are, are
C(is, are D(are, is
7(Mary as well as her sisters______ Chinese in China(
A(are studying B(have studied
C(studies D(study
8(I, who_______ your teacher, will try my best to help you with your study(
A(be B(am, C(are D(is
9(The rich______ not always happy(
A(are B(is C(has D(have
10(He is the only one of the students who______ elected(
A(are B(have C(has D(is
11(Chairman Mao‘s works______ published(
A(has been B(have been
C(was D(is
- 144 -
12(Ten thousand dollars______ more than I can afford(
A(has been B(have been C(is D(are
keys:
1(A 2(B 3(A 4(A 5(B 6(D
7(C 8(B 9(A 10(D 11(A 12(C
二、提高练习
1.Nobody but Jane ____ the secret. (86)
A.know B.knows C.have known D.is known
2.All but one _____ here just now. (87)
A.is B.was C.has been D.were
3.Not only I but also Jane and Mary ____ tired of having one examination after
another. (89)
A.is B.are C.am D.be
4.A library with five thousnd books _______ to the nation as a gift. (90)
A.is offered B.have offered C.are offered D.has offered
5.When and where to build the new factory _____ yet. (91)
A.is not decided B.are not decided C.has not decided D.have not decided
6.The number of people invited ______ fifty, but a number of them ____ absent for
different
reasons. (96)
A.were , was B.was , was C.was , were D.were , were
7._____ of the land in that district _____ covered with trees and grass. (2000)
A.Two fifth , is B.Two fifth , are C.Two fifths , is D.Two fifths , are
8.This is one of the most interesting questions that ____ asked.
A.have B.has C.have been D.has been
9.Between then two rows of trees _____ the teaching building.
A.stand B.stands C.standing D.are
10.All that can be done______.
A.has been done B.has done C.have done D.were done
11.They each _____ a new dictionary.
A.has B.have C.is D.are
12.The singer and the dancer ______ come to the meeting.
A.has B.have C.are D.is
13.I have finished a large part of the book ; the rest _____more difficult.
A.is B.are C.was D.were
14.The wounded _______ by the hospital.
A.have been taken in C.has been taken in
C.have taken in D.has taken in
答案: 1-5 BDBAA 6-10 CCCBA 11-14 BBAA
第十四章 反意疑问句及倒装句
1. It‘s the third time that John has been late, ____?
A. hasn‘t he B. isn‘t he C. isn‘t it D. hasn‘t it
2. Let‘s take a rest, ___________.
A. will we B. shall we C. shan‘t we D. won‘t we
3. Let us pass, _________?
- 145 -
A. shan‘t we B. shall we C. won‘t we D. will you
4. Wait a minute, __________?
A. shall you B. will you C. do you D. don‘t you
5. The suit‘s finished, __________?
A. doesn‘t it B. isn‘t it C. haven‘t you D. hasn‘t it
6. He‘s posted the letter, _________he?
A. isn‘t B. doesn‘t C. hasn‘t D. wasn‘t
7. They‘d go with us, __________?
A. wouldn‘t they B. didn‘t they C. hadn‘t they D. couldn‘t they
8. What fresh air, ________?
A. is it B. does it C. isn‘t it D. doesn‘t it
9. The Emperor‘s clothes became the talk of the whole city, _________?
A. did it B. didn‘t it C. did they D. didn‘t they
10. Mr. And Mrs. Turner work in this hospital, ________?
A. are they B. aren‘t they C. do they D. don‘t they
11. She has breakfast at six every day, ________?
A. has she B. hasn‘t she C. does she D. doesn‘t she
12. Nothing seems to please her, _________?
A. does it B. doesn‘t it C. is it D. isn‘t it
13. She never tells a lie, ________?
A. does she B. doesn‘t she C. is it D. isn‘t it
14. You hardly know each other, _________?
A. do you B. don‘t you C. have you D. didn‘t you
15. The man in blue must be your brother, _____?
A. mustn‘t he B. needn‘t he C. isn‘t he D. is he
16. I don‘t think he will come to our party, _____?
A. will he B. won‘t he C. does he D. do I
17. I suppose he‘s serious, ___________?
A. do IB. don‘t IC. is he D. isn‘t he
18. Wang said that he was not there then, _____?
A. did he B. didn‘t he C. was he D. wasn‘t he
19. You daren‘t say that to him, _________?
A. dare you B. do you C. daren‘t you D. don‘t you
20. You must have read about Dickens long ago, __________?
A. mustn‘t you B. haven‘t you C. can‘t you D. didn‘t you
21. You‘d better not smoke here, ________?
A. will you B. shall you C. have you D. had you
22. There isn‘t going to be a volleyball match next week, __________?
A. is it B. isn‘t it C. is there D. isn‘t there
23. There used to be a church behind the cemetery,_____________?
A. didn‘t there B. used there C. usedn‘t It D. didn‘t it
24. What a lovely day, _________?
A. doesn‘t it B. hasn‘t it C. won‘t D. isn‘t it
25. You must have been there, ____________?
- 146 -
A. have you B. did you C. haven‘t you D. didn‘t you
26. That is your school, ___________?
A. isn‘t that B. mustn‘t it C. isn‘t it D. won‘t it
27. She dislikes this skirt, _________________?
A. doesn‘t she B. does she C. isn‘t she D. is she
28. No one can stop us from going there, ______?
A. can‘t it B. can they C. can‘t they D. can one
29(--- Where is your father? --- Oh, __________ .
A(here comes he B(here does he come
C(he here comes D(here he comes
30(Look, _________ .
A(here the bus comes B(here is the bus coming
C(here comes the bus D(here the bus is coming
31(________ , I would have phoned you.
A(If I knew it B(Had I known it C(If I know it D(Did I know it
32(_________ in the river yesterday, the boy _________ .
A(Were Mr Black not; would not be drowned B(Were Mr Black ; would be drowned
C(Had Mr Black not been; would have been drowned
D(Hadn‘t Mr Black been; would have drowned
33(--- It was cold yesterday.--- __________ . Which of the following is wrong?
A(So it was B.So is it today C(So was it the day before D(So it did
34(--- She‘s passed the entrance examination. --- ____ .
A(So am I B(So have I C(So I have D(Also I have
35(________ that he found it difficult to stop at the red light.
A(So fast he was driving B(So fast he drove C(So fast was he drivingD(So fast
drive he
36(Hardly ___________ the railway station when the train started.
A(did reach B(had I reached C(I reached (I had reached
37(No sooner _________ asleep than she heard a knock at the door.
A(she had fallen B(had she fallen
C(she had fell D(had she fell
38(Only after his death __________ considered correct.
A(was his theory B(his theory was
C(did his theory D(had his theory
39(_________ his appearance that no one could recognize him.
A(So was strange B(Was so strange
C(So strange was D(Strange so was
40(__________ about her illness and still worked very hard.
A(She knows little B(Little did she know
C(Little does she know D(She didn‘t know something
41(Only when the line was fixed _________ from floating away from the spaceship.
A(could he keep B(he could keep C(he could be kept D(could he be kept
42(__________ , she wanted to buy her husband a Christmas gift.
A(As she was short of money B(Though money is short
C(She was short of money D(Short of money as she was
- 147 -
43(_________ about the universe up till now.
A(We know quite a lotB(Only little we have known
C(Very little have we knownD(So much we do know
44(_________ , she was very brave.
A(Girl as she was B(As she was a girlC(A girl as she was D(Girl as was she
45(Such _________ the results of the experiments.
A(is B(was C(are D(as be
46(Albert Einstein cared little for money. ___________ Professor Wang.
A(Either did B(So was C(So did D(Neither did
47(____ there no gravity, there would be no human beings on the earth.
A(If B(If was C(If not D(Were
48(Only when ________ the painting _________ decide whether the painting is worth buying.
A(the sees; he can B(does he see; can he C(he sees; can he D(sees he; he can
49(On the wall ___________ two large portraits.
A(hangs B(hang C(hanged D(are hanging
50(_________ it rain tomorrow, we would have to put off the visit to the Yang pu Bridge.
A(Were B(Should C(Would D(Will
参考答案:
1~20: CBDBB CACDD DAAAC ADBAD
21~40: DCADC CABDC BCDBC BBACB
41~50: DDCAC DDCBB
第十五章 名词性从句
1. Go and get your coat. It‘s _______ you left it.
A. there B. where C. there were D. where there
2. _______ the sports meet will be held depends on the weather.
A. Whenever B. If C. Whether D. That
3. The problem is_______ he has enough time.
A. if B. whether C./ D. that
4. He made a promise_______ he would help me.
A. what B. when C. that D. which
5. I remember_______ this used to be a quiet village.
A. how B. when C. where D. what
6. They lost their way in the forest and _____ made matters worse was that night
began to fall.
A. that B. this C. what D. which
7. He told me the news ____ the Queen would visit China the next month.
A. that B. which C. when D. when
8. When the holidays were drawing near, I asked my American friends ___ was the best way to travel in the United States.
A. that B. what C. such D. that
9. He was lucky enough to sell his car for exactly ______.
A. where he had paid for it B. what he had paid for it
- 148 -
C. what he was paid for it D. which he had paid for it
10. Sometimes we are asked ______ we think the likely result of an action will be.
A. that B. what C. which D. whether
11. They have not made any decision on ______ they are going to do to deal with the waste and control pollution.
A. that B. which C. if D. what
12. --- Do you know him?
--- Yes, but I can‘t remember ________I met him for the first time.
A. where B. what C that D. if
13. --- Do you know _____ Mr. Black‘s address is.
--- He may live at No. 18 or No. 19 of Bridge Street. I‘m not sure of _____.
A. what; which B. where; which C. where ; what D. what; where
14. This old computer must have been of great use to _______ did the scientific research.
A. those B. when C. whoever D. whomever
15. _______ all the inventions have in common is _____they have succeeded.
A. What; what B. That; that C. What; that D That; what
16. --- I rang you at about ten, but there was no reply.
--- Oh, that was probably ____ I was seeing the doctor.
A. when B. why C. what D. that
17. Maria has to baby-sit. That‘s______ she can‘t come with us.
A. why B. how C. when D. what
18. ____ surprised me most was ______ they had finished it so quickly.
A. What, what B. That, that C. What, that D. That, what
19. The reason why she couldn‘t come to the meeting was_____ she had not been invited.
A. because B. which C. that D. why
20. In some countries, ____ is called "equality" does not really mean equal rights for all people.
A. which B. that C. what D. one
21. Although he knew little about the work done in the field of physics, he succeeded ______other experienced experts failed.
A. which B. that C. what D. where
22. Father made a promise _______ I passed the examination he would buy me a bicycle.
A. that B. if C. whether D. that if
23. What I want to know is ______ he likes the gift given by us.
A. that B. if C. whether D.不填
24. He wanted to make sure __________.
A. how we went there by bus B. where did we go
C. what did we go there D. when we went there
25. _____ they won the game was ______ we had expected.
A. That; which B. Whether; that C. What; that D. That; what
26. I really don‘t mind much ________ they came to visit me or not.
- 149 -
A. because B. why C. when D. whether
27. The question came up at the meeting _____ we had not enough money to do the research.
A. whether B. that C. if D. what
28. ____ we can‘t get seems better than _____ we have.
A. What; what B. What; that C. That; that D. That; what
29. ___ surprised me most was ____ he was too late for the important meeting, for he was chairman of it.
A. What; why B. That; how C. What; how D. That; why
30. Although most of them have no doubt ____ he will pass the exam, I still think there is something about _____ he has really got everything ready.
A. whether; that B. that; whether C. that; that D. whether; whether
31. _______ beat Xiao Wang black and blue is not known.
A. Whom B. Whoever C. Who D. What
32. It is generally considered unwise to give a child_______ he or she wants.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. wherever
33. He was never satisfied with or proud of ____ he had achieved.
A. what B. that C. which D. all which
34. Can you tell me ____ get to the railway station?
A. how can I B. what I can C. how I can D. where I can
35. We don‘t know ______.
A. this is whose dictionary B. whose dictionary is this
C. whose dictionary this is D. whose is this dictionary
36. The problem is ____ we can finish the work within such a short time.
A. that B. why C. how D. when
37. ___ the boy didn‘t take the medicine made his mother very angry.
A. That B. What C. How D. Which
38. Each blind man believed ____ he knew just ____ the elephant looked like.
A. that; what B. what; that C. that; that D. what; what
39. It was by the roadside ____ the six blind men sat quarrelling about the elephant.
A. when B. which C. on which D. that
40. They have no idea at all ____.
A. where he has gone B. where did he go
C. which place had he gone D. where has he gone
41. Do you know ____ your parents are pleased ____ you‘ve done?
A. why; for what B. how; with what C. that; with which D. how; for what
42. The reason ____ he hasn‘t come is ____ he has to look after his father.
A. that; because B. why; because C. why; that D. which; because
43. ______ is unfit for the office.
A. It seems to me that B. It seems to me that he
C. That seems he D. That seems to him that
44. That is ____ paper came into use in China.
- 150 -
A. how B. that C. what D. which
45. It looks ____ we shall have to do the work ourselves.
A. that B. like C. seeming D. as though
46. ____ is not known yet.
A. When she has gone B. Where she has gone
C. How did she leave D. Why did she go
47. His suggestion ____ to see the exhibition interested everyone of us.
A. that we go B. which we should go
C. that we would go D. when we should go
48. I‘ve got to make ____ he told a lie.
A. that clear B. it clear that C. quite clear D. this clear that
49. Word came ____his poem won the first prize.
A. that B. whether C. as D. because
50. Some people believe ___ is easier for small countries to become strong and rich than for large____.
A. that; country B. it; one C. that; countries D. it; ones
Keys:
1~20: BCBCB CABBB DAACC AACCC
21~40: DDCDD DBAAB CBACC CAADA
41~50: BCBAD BABAB
第十六章 定语从句
1. We should learn from those ______ are always ready to help others.
A. who B. whom C. they D. that
2. Mr. Herpin is one of the foreign experts who ____ in China.
A.works B. is working C. are working D. has been working
3 Tom is the only one of the students who ______ to Shanghai. .
A.have gone B. have been C. has been D. had gon
4. I, ______ your good friend, will try my best to help you out.
A. who is B. who am C. that is D. which am
5. The old man has two sons, ______ are lawyers.
A.both of them B. both of who C. both of whom D. both of they
6. He is a man of great knowledge, ____ much can be learned.
A. in whom B. about whom C. from whom D. of whom
7 Do you know the man ______ just now?
A. to who I nodded B. I nodded to C.whom I noddedD.Whom I nodded to him.
8. The man ____ has gone to Japan.
A.whom I told you B. that I told you C. whom I told you about him D. I told you about
9. Please pass me the dictionary ______ cover is black.
A. which B. its C. whose D. which of
10. The radio set ______ last week has been out of order.
A.I bought B. I bought it C. which I bought it D. what I bought
11. All the apples ______ fell down from the tree were eaten up by the pigs.
- 151 -
A. which B. / C. that D. they
12. I can tell you ______ he told me last week.
A. all which B. all what C. that all D. all that
13. This is the biggest lab ______ we have ever built in our university.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
14. Is oxygen the only gas ______ helps fire burn?
A. that B. / C. which D. what
15. Air, ______ we breathe every day, is around us all the time.
A. that B. / C. which D. it
16. This is the museum ______ we saw an exhibition the other day.
A. that B. which C. where D. in that
17. This museum is ______ you visited the other day.
A. that B. which C. where D. the one
18. This is the museum ______ you saw the other day.
A. that B. where C. in which D. in that
19. It is the third time __ late this month.
A.that you arrived B.when you arrived C. that you‘ve arrived D. when you‘ve
arrived
20. It was in 1969 ___ the American astronaut succeeded in landing on the moon.
A. that B. which C. in which D. when
21. We often think of the days ______ we spent together on the island.
A. when B. which C. in which D. during which
22. Have you ever been to Shanghai, ______ I left ten years ago?
A. where B. which C. that D. when
23. He has left Beijing, ______ a meeting is to be held.
A. when B. where C. as D. which
24. This is the very place ______ I‘m wishing to live in.
A. where B. which C. that D. in which
25. Is it in that factory ______ ,Red Flag‖ cars are made?
A. in which B. where C. that D. which
26. I have bought the same dress ______ she is wearing.
A. as B. that C. which D. than
27. Can you solve such problems ______ raised by the audience?
A. what were B. as were C. that were D. which were
28. The reason ______ he didn‘t come was __ he was injured.
A.that, because B. why, that C.why, because D. that, that
29. He must be from Africa, ______ can be seen from his skin.
A. that B. as C. it D. what
30. His father died last year, ______ made it impossible for him to go abroad.
A. when B. which C. as D. that
31. ______ is natural, he married Mary. A. It B. What C. Which D. As
32. The buses,__were already full, were surrounded by an angry crowd.
A.most of them B. most of whichC. which most D. that most
33. All ______ is needed is a supply of oil. A. the thing B. that C. what D. which
34. He paid the boy 10 dollars for washing ten windows, most of ______ had not been
- 152 -
cleaned for years. A. these B. those C. that D. which
35. She heard a terrible noise, ______ brought her heart into her mouth.
A. it B. which C. this D. that
36. In the dark street, there wasn‘t a single person ______ she could turn for help.
A. that B. who C. from whom D. to whom
37. This is one of the means ______ the electric energy is conducted from one place to another.
A. by which B. by that C. through which D. through that
38. The place ______ you are going to visit is the ruin of a place.
A. in which B. at which C. where D. which
39. The last river ______ they crossed is two miles wide.
A. where B. which C. that D. in which
40. The Summer Palace is one of the most beautiful parks ______ built in the Qing Dynasty.
A. where were B. where was C. that were D. which was
41. The factory ______ I am going to is the place ______ my mother used to work many years ago.
A. where, where B. where, which C. which, where D. that, which
42. Don‘t trust such men ______ over praise you to your face.
A. as B. that C. who D. which
43. The professor has two sons, ______ are teaching in the same university.
A. neither of them B. either of them C. both of them D. both of whom
44. Don‘t do such things ______ you are not sure about.
A. that B. which C. as D. what
45. Rober is good at language, ______ we all know.
A. because B. for C. as D. since
46. China has hundreds of islands, ______ we all know.
A.in which B. at whichC. of which D. which
47. She wrote a letter to her father, ______ she made her secret known.
A. which B. that C. in which D. where
48. Oxygen is a kind of gas, ______ we couldn‘t live.
A.without itB. without that C. without which D. if not
49. Matter is anything ______
A.hat take up space and have weight B. which take up space and have weight
C. that takes up space and has weight D. those take up space and have weight
50. I have many books, the best ______ was borrowed by Mary.
A. about them B. of which C. among them D. in which
51. She showed me the dictionary ____ she paid a lot of money.
A. by which B. to which C. for which D. on which
52. Abraham Lincoln is a man ______ I have the greatest respect.
A. who B. to whom C. whom D. for whom
53. Edison had one suit ______ very little money, and which he wore until it was thin.
A. which cost B. which costs C. which was cost D. which has costed
54. The people ______ in the paper did not like it, but other readers liked it very much. - 153 -
A. who was written B. who were written
C. who were written about D. whom were written about
55. Finally, the thief handed everything ______ he had stolen to the police.
A. which B. what C. whatever D. that
56. His parents wouldn‘t let him marry anyone ______ family was poor.
A. of whom B. whom C.of whose D. whose
57. Mayor will make an inspection of our school on Monday, ______ you can tell him how hard the situation we are in.
A. where B. which C. when D. that
58. I‘ll show you the magazine ______ I bought the other day.
A. who B. that C. what D. where
59. The person ______ talking to the shop assistant is an engineer.
A.who isB.what isC.whom is D.who you are
60. That is the office ______ Lincoln once worked in. A. where B. which C. what D. in which
61. The girl ______ aunt is a famous singer is fond of music.
A. who B. whom C. that D. whose
62. The skirt is Ann‘s, ______ color is blue.A. it‘s B. whose C. who‘s D.
that
63. The washing machine ______ last Wednesday works well.
A. I bought B. I bought it C. which I buy D. that I bought it
64. The college students asked the soldier everything ______ he saw at the front.
A. that B. which C. what D. all what
65.Last year we visited the Summer Palace,_is one of the most beautiful places in Beijing.
A.whereB. which C. in which D. that
66. Shanghai is the very place ______ the foreigners are eager to visit.
A. where B. in which C. that D. whose
67. The doctor___is going to Europe next year.
A.which the manager is talking to B.who the manager is talking
C.the manager is talking to him D. the manager is talking to
68. Do you have anything ___I can do for you?
A. which B. what C. else D. when
69. All ______ you must do now is to lend us ten dollars, because we haven,t brought any money with us at the moment.
A. that B. what C. which D. things
70. Those are model workers, some ______ are young fellows.
A. of that B. of whom C. of whoD. of whose
71. The Science Building is very beautiful, behind ______ there is an orchard.
A. which B. what C. this D. these
72. Joan is one of the best writers who ______ published a lot of books.
A. has B. have C. have been D. are
73. When they met again, the two friends talked about lots of things and persons ______ we could remember in the school.
A. who B. whom C. that D. which
74. He is ______ everyone respects.
A. the person B. the one which C. whom D. who
- 154 -
75. This is the modern hotel_____ the guests can enjoy the most comfortable things.
A. where B. which C. that D. in that
76. July 27, 1989 is the day ______ I will never forget, when we had a wonderful time.
A. on which B. when C. whom D. that
77. Both of them will remember the months and the years ______ they spent in the army.
A. which B. when C. in which D. what
78. It is the factory ______ produces all kinds of TV sets.
A. in which B. which C. what D. where
79. The sun is bigger than the earth, ______ even a child knows.
A. that B. who C. as D. what
80. Miss Zhang devoted herself to the development of education, ______ led to her
final success. A. that B. which C. so that D. so
81. Everything___should be__be done right now.
A.that, done must B. that, must done C. which, done should D. that, should
82. Is that the lab _____we did physics experiments in during our middle school days.
A. what B. where C. which D. the one
83. Is the lab _the foreigners visited yesterday?
A. that B. where C. in which D. the one
84.I have the same book_you bought just now.
A. which B. that C. as D. whose
85. I‘d like to borrow _____ typewriter as was used yesterday.
A. as B. the same C. the other D. same
86. I,__one of the sports-lovers, often spend some time on training in the stadium.
A.who am B. who is C. that am D. whom is
87. Let‘s discuss ______ questions ______ are about the future of the youth.
A. so, as B. as, that C. such, that D. such, as
88. The man ______ talked to you just now is an engineer.
A. who B. whose C. which D. what
89. In fact the Swede did not understand the three questions ___were asked in French.
A. where B. who C. in which D. which
90. These books ______ he read some were written by Lu Xun.
A.which B. among which C. of which D. with which
91. I can still remember the sitting-room _____ my mother and I used to sit in the evening.
A. which B. what C. that D. where
92. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, ______ was very reasonable. (2000)
A.which price B. the price of which C. its price D. the price of whose
93. Is this the house ______ he was born?
A. at where B. which C. in which D. at which
94. A child ______ parents are dead is called an orphan.
A. which B. his C. whose D. with
95. The watch he ______ went wrong again.
A. had to be mended B. has mended C. had had mended D. had been mended
96. To get the job started, ______ I need is your permission.
A. only whatB. all what C. all that D. only that
- 155 -
97. All ______ is needed is a cup of tea. A. the thing B. that C. what D. which
98. The doctor ______ is leaving for Africa next month.
A.the nurse is talking to him B.whom the nurse is talking
C.the nurse is talking to D. who the nurse is talking
99. He met my mother, from ______ he got the news of my marriage.
A. who B. whom C. which D. her
100. After graduation he asked to be sent to the place ______
A.where he is most needed B.where he need C.where he is mostly needed
D. where is he mostly needed.
参考答案:
1—5 ACCBC 6—10 CBDCA 11—15 CDCAC 16—20 CDACA
21—25 BBBCC 26—30 ABBBB 31—35 DBBDB 36—40 DADCC
41—45 CADCC 46—50 CCCCB 51—55 CDACD 56—60 DCBAB
61—65 DBAAB 66—70 CDCAB 71—75 ABCAA 76—80
DABCB
81—85 ACDCB 86—90 ADADC 91—95 DBCCC 96 —100 CBCBA
第十七章 状语从句
1. After the war，a new school building was put up ________ there had once been a theatre.
A. that B. where C. which D. when
2. ____ he took part in the competition, he won a second prize.
A. For the first time B. At a time C. At one time D. The first time
3. I would appreciate it _______ you call back this afternoon for the doctor‘s
appointment.
A. until B. if C. when D. that
4. I had just started back for the house to change my clothes _____ I heard the voices.
A. as B. after C. while D. when
5. The class went on with the story _____ they had left it before the holiday.
A. where B. which C. in which D. when
6. The company has a free long-distance telephone number _____ customers may call with any questions they have about its products.
A. although B. as C. even if D. so that
7. --- Is Mr. Smith in the office?
--- Yes，________ he is in charge of the office，he must be there.
A. since B. however C. whether D. for
8. Someone called me up in the middle of the night，but they hung up ________ I
could answer the phone.
A. as B. since C. until D. before
9. --- Don‘t look down upon Bob. He has his own advantages.
--- Oh, yes. ________ others are weak, he is strong.
A. If B. When C. Where D. Though
10. The day must be breaking, _____ the birds have begun singing.
A. because B. as C. for D. since
11. John may phone tonight. I don‘t want to go out ________ he phones.
A. as long as B. in order to C. in case D. so that
12. ____others say, the expert is sure that his theory is correct
- 156 -
A. No matter B. It doesn‘t matter C. Whatever D.
What
13. Many places are flooded by heavy rainfalls, so they can‘t walk _______ they
like these days.
A. when B. whenever C. where D. wherever
14. His father began to work ______ his childhood.
A. since B. before C. as early as D. while
15. The roof fell _____ he had time to dash into the room to save his baby.
A. before B. as C. after D. until
16. --- The thread of my kite broke and it flew away.
--- I had told you it would easily break ________it was the weakest
A. when B. where C. unless D. since
17. The crowd started cheering ______ he rose to speak.
A. as B. since C. till D. where
18. I had worked here ______ you came here. But I shall leave for England ______.
A. before long, before long B. before long; long before
C. long before, before long D. long before; long before
19. Scientists say it may be five or ten years _____ it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A. since B. before C. after D. when
20. ___ the Internet is bringing the distance between people, it may also be breaking some homes or will cause other family problems.
A. When B. If C. As D. While
21. Though he is in his sixties, ______ he works as hard as a young man
A. yet B. but C. and D. and yet
22. The two girls look ____ much alike ____ no one can tell them apart.
A. so, that B. so, and C. as, that D. such, that
23. John shut everybody out of the kitchen _________ he could prepare his grand surprise for the party.
A. which B. when C. so that
D. as if
24. Beijing is larger than ____ city in Africa
A. any B. other C. each D. any other
25. We must hurry up ________ catch the last train.
A. that B. so that to C. in order that D. in order to
26. No matter________ hard it may be，I will carry it out.
A. what B. whatever C. how D. however
27. ________ you may do，you must do it well.
A. Which B. Whenever C. Whatever D. When
28. --- Are you thinking about going to New York for the holiday?
--- No. But if I ________ the time，I would definitely go.
A. have B. had C. have had D. would have
29. ________ you are so weak，you‘d better stay at home.
A. Since B. For C. Because D. Though
30. English and French are taught here. You can choose ________ you like.
A. no matter which B. whichever C. which D. whatever
- 157 -
31. I saw Mr. Smith last Sunday. We had not seen each other ________ I left London.
A. as B. before C. since D. till
32. I‘ll be back before you ________.
A. will leave B. will have left C. leave D. would leave
33. The problem won‘t be settled until we ________ a chance to discuss it thoroughly.
A. have had B. will have C. will have had D. would have
34. If you ________ this experiment，you will understand the theory better.
A. will be doing B. have done C. will have done D. would do
35. They went on working ________ it was late at night.
A. even if B. as if C. however D. as though
36. I hurried ________ I wouldn‘t be late for class.
A. since B. so that C. as if D. unless
37. ________ you talk to someone or write a message，you show your skills to
others.
A. At times B. Some time C. By the time D. Every time
38. Although he is considered a great writer，________.
A. however his works are not widely read B. but his works are not widely read
C. his works are not widely read D. still his works are not widely read
39. We should finish the important job，________.
A. long it takes however B. it takes however long
C. long however it takes D. however long it takes
40. ________ comes to the party will receive a gift.
A. No matter who B. Who C. Which one D. Whoever
41. She is willing to help you, ________ busy she is.
A. what B. how C. however D. whatever
42. No matter ________ hard it may be，I‘ll carry it out.
A. what B. whatever C. how D. however
43. Why do you want to find a new job ________ you‘ve got such a good one
already?
A. that B. where C. which D. when
44.________he is, he will be thinking of you.
A. Wherever B. Where C. Now that D. As soon as
45. You should make it a rule to leave things ________ you can find them again.
A. when B. where C. then D. there
46. He got excited at the news，________ I was calm.
A. when B. while C. because D. after
47. --- Shall Brown come and play computer games?
--- No，________ he has finished his homework.
A. when B. if C. unless D. once
48. Hardly had he arrived in Hongkong ________ she rang me up.
A. when B. than C. that D. and
49. ________ they heard the shout for help，they rushed out.
A. Immediately B. The moment C. The while D. All the above
50. ________，he never seems able to do the work beautifully.
A. Try as he may B. as he tries C. Try as does he D. As he does try
51. If ________，I would have gone with him.
- 158 -
A. had he told me B. he had told me C. he has told me D. he would tell me
52. --- Alice is moving to her new apartment next Saturday.
--- I would be glad to help her，________ need some help.
A. should she B. if she will C. if she D. if she might
53. We will never give in ________ they might do or say about our plan.
A. no matter how B. how C. whatever D. although
54. I wonder if I ________ time. If I ________ time，I‘ll go with you.
A. have;have B. will have;will have
C. have;will have D. will have;have
55. By the time you ________ back，the supper ________ ready.
A. will get;will be B. get;was C. get;will be D. will
get;is
56. ________ I live，I will never give in to the enemy.
A. As far as B. As long as C. As well as D. As soon as
57. I really wonder ________ he has posted me many packages ________ we worked together.
A. how;after B. why;when C. when;before D. why;
since
58. Please pronounce the word ________ I did.
A. by the way B. the way C. the moment D. like
59. I was about to leave my house ________ the phone rang.
A. while B. when C. as D. after
60. I had cut the meat into pieces ________ Mother started cooking.
A. when B. as soon as C. after D. while
参考答案:
1~20: BDBDA DADCC CCDDA BACBD
21~40: AACAD CCBAB CCABA BDCDD
41~60: CCDAB BCADA BACDC BDBBA
第十八章 独立主格结构
1. ______ no bus, we had to walk home.
A. There was B. There being C. Because there being D.There were
2. ____, I‘ll go there with you tomorrow afternoon.
A. Time permits B. If time permitting C. Time permitting D. Time‘s permitting
3._____, we all went home happily.
A. Goodbye was said B. Goodbye had been said C. Goodbye said D. When goodbye said
4. _____, we all went swimming in high spirits.
A. It being fine weather B. It fine weather
C. It was fine weather D. It being a fine weather
5. ____, the bus started at once.
A. The signal was given B. The signal giving
C. The signal given D. When the signal given
6. She stood there, _____ from her cheeks.
A. tears‘ rolling down B. tears rolled down
C. with tears rolled down D. tears rolling down
7. ____, the leaves are turning green.
- 159 -
A. When spring coming on B. Spring coming on
C. Spring came on D. Spring being come on
8. _____, I had to buy a new one.
A. My dictionary losing B. My dictionary having been lost
C. My dictionary had been lost D. Because my dictionary lost
9. I used to sleep with the window _____.
A. opened B. open C. opening D to open
10. ____, the hunter went into the forest.
A. A gun on shoulder B. A gun was on his shoulder
C. Gun on shoulder D. A gun being on shoulder
11. ____ production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent year.
A. As B. For C. With D. Through
12. With a lot of work ____, I have to sit up tonight.
A. do B. doing C. done D. to do
13. He stood there silently, his lips_____.
A. trembling B. trembled C. were trembling D. were trembling
14. _____, her suggestion is of greater value than yours.
A. All things considering B. All things considered
C. All things were considered D. With all things were considered
15. ______, we will surely succeed.
A. The teacher helping us B. The teacher to help us
C. The teacher will help us D. With the teacher helping
答案:
1-5 BCCAC 6-10 DBBBC 11-15 CDABB
- 160 -
浙公网安备 33021202002483